Thrane and Thrane A S AERO-HSU Aeronautical Satellite Telephone User Manual 98 113625 d

Thrane & Thrane A/S Aeronautical Satellite Telephone 98 113625 d

users manual

Thrane & Thrane A/SAero-HSD+ Installation and Maintenance ManualDocument number: TT98-113625-DRelease date: September 3, 2004
ii TT98-113625-DInformation in this document is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Thrane & Thrane A/S.Copyright© 2004 Thrane & Thrane A/S. All rights reserved. Printed in Denmark.Trademark AcknowledgementsWindows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.MagnaStar is a registered trademark of Raytheon Company.Inmarsat is a registered trademark of the International Maritime Satellite Organization (IMSO) and is licensed by IMSO to Inmarsat Limited and Inmarsat Ventures plc. Other product and company names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or trade names of their respective owners.Company AddressesDenmark USAThrane & Thrane A/SLundtoftegårdsvej 93 DDK-2800 LyngbyDenmarkTel.: +45 39 55 88 00Fax: +45 39 55 88 88www.tt.dkThrane & Thrane, Inc.509 Viking Drive, Suites K, L and MVirginia Beach, VA 23452USATel.: +1 757 463-9557Fax: +1 757 463-9581www.tt.dk/us
TT98-113625-D iiiRecord of RevisionsRev. Description Release Date InitialsA Original document 23 May 2003 RPB Change of naming: TT-5000H changed to Aero-HSD+ and Configuration Data Module changed to Configuration Module30 September 2003 HOCC Ethernet connector pin naming, SDU and HPA Power supply requirements, RF Cables requirements and editorial changes.17 December 2003 RPD Chapters rearranged + new layout.Introduction chapter: Added list of external units to which the Aero-HSD+ system can interface.Equipment Drawings chapter:HSU outline drawing, HSU tray drawing and HSU tray connector drawing added.Connectors and Pin-out:Changed HPA connector drawing (key holes).Changed pin-out for SDU rear receptacle.Added pin-out for HSU.Added “Mating connectors in aircraft”.Installation chapter:Added sections with Mounting Considerations and Cable requirements.Added section with recommended cables.ARINC 429 interfaces wiring drawing has been split into three: AHRS/IRS, ACARS/CMU and CPDF.MCDU/FMS wiring drawing added.Wiring of MPDS, ISDN and Ethernet corrected.MagnaStar wiring corrected + added #3 interface as alternative.WH-10 wiring drawing corrected (only three handsets connected).CC
iv TT98-113625-DD (continued)Installation chapter (continued):Sigma7 and 2.4GHz Cordless wiring added.Dual Side Panel wiring added.HSU wiring added.ARINC 429 data format addedCommissioning section added.Configuration chapter enhanced.Check Procedures chapter added.Service and maintenance chapter addedEquipment Specifications: Max temperature for HPA and DLNA changed to 70 ºC.Specs for Rx Splitter and Tx Coupler added.Dimensions and Mounting added for all units.System Messages appendix added.Lists of Cause codes and BITE codes updated.Cause codes for MPDS and ISDN added.DO-160 forms corrected.AT Profiles appendix added.DO-160C/D Specifications appendix:DO-160 forms added for handsets.All DO-160 forms corrected.“Using Commands” appendix added.CC
TT98-113625-D vTable of ContentsChapter 1 About This Manual1.1 Purpose ......................................................................................... 1-11.2 Organization .................................................................................. 1-11.3 Related Documentation .................................................................. 1-21.4 Precautions .................................................................................... 1-2Chapter 2 Introduction to Aero-HSD+2.1 General Description ....................................................................... 2-12.1.1 The Aero-HSD+ System ............................................................. 2-12.1.2 Standard Features ........................................................................ 2-32.2 Application ..................................................................................... 2-42.2.1 Minimum System ........................................................................ 2-42.2.2 Part Numbers .............................................................................. 2-52.2.3 Applicable External Units ........................................................... 2-82.3 System Block Diagrams ................................................................. 2-92.3.1 Overview ..................................................................................... 2-92.3.2 HGA-7000 High Gain Antenna .................................................. 2-92.3.3 ARINC 741 Compatible High Gain Antenna ........................... 2-102.3.4 Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use) ........................ 2-112.3.5 User Interfaces .......................................................................... 2-122.3.6 MagnaStar® System .................................................................2-132.4 Operation Overview ..................................................................... 2-142.4.1 Configuration ............................................................................ 2-142.4.2 User Interface ............................................................................ 2-14Chapter 3 Equipment Drawings3.1 Introduction ................................................................................... 3-13.2 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit ...........................................................3-23.2.1 TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module .......................................3-33.3 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier ...................................................... 3-43.4 TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise Amplifier .........................................3-5
Table of Contentsvi TT98-113625-D3.5 TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional) .....................................3-63.5.1 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler for Optional HSU ............................3-73.5.2 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU .................3-83.6 TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset ...............................................................3-93.7 TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle ................................................................3-103.8 TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset .............................................................3-113.9 TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle ................................................................3-123.10 SDU and HPA Tray .......................................................................3-133.11 SDU Tray Connector .....................................................................3-143.12 HPA Tray Connector .....................................................................3-163.13 HSU Tray ......................................................................................3-173.14 HSU Tray Connector .....................................................................3-18Chapter 4 Connectors and Pin-out4.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit ...........................................................4-14.1.1 Connectors on SDU .....................................................................4-14.1.2 SDU Front Connector ..................................................................4-24.1.3 SDU Rear Receptacle ..................................................................4-44.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier ....................................................4-114.2.1 HPA Rear Receptacle ................................................................4-114.3 TT-5038A HSU (Optional) ..............................................................4-134.3.1 Connectors on HSU ...................................................................4-134.3.2 HSU Front Connector ................................................................4-134.3.3 HSU Rear Receptacle ................................................................4-144.4 Cradle Connectors .......................................................................4-174.4.1 Connectors on 4-Wire Cradle ....................................................4-174.4.2 4-Wire Connector to SDU .........................................................4-184.4.3 Connectors on 2-Wire Cradle ....................................................4-204.4.4 2-Wire Connector to SDU .........................................................4-214.5 Mating Connectors in Aircraft .......................................................4-22
Table of ContentsTT98-113625-D viiChapter 5 Installation5.1 General .......................................................................................... 5-15.1.1 Overview ..................................................................................... 5-15.1.2 Minimum System ........................................................................ 5-25.2 Mounting Considerations ...............................................................5-45.2.1 Overview ..................................................................................... 5-45.2.2 SDU ............................................................................................ 5-45.2.3 HSU ............................................................................................ 5-45.2.4 Rx Power Splitter ........................................................................ 5-55.2.5 HPA ............................................................................................ 5-55.2.6 DLNA ......................................................................................... 5-55.2.7 Antenna ....................................................................................... 5-65.3 Electrical Installation and Wiring .................................................... 5-75.3.1 Wiring Symbols ..........................................................................5-75.3.2 Wiring Power Supply .................................................................. 5-85.3.3 Wiring Antenna Systems .......................................................... 5-145.3.4 Wiring ARINC 429 Interfaces .................................................. 5-245.3.5 Wiring ICAO Address .............................................................. 5-295.3.6 Wiring MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN .................5-325.3.7 Wiring Telephone Systems ....................................................... 5-365.3.8 Wiring Thrane & Thrane Handset Systems .............................. 5-395.3.9 Wiring MagnaStar Handsets .....................................................5-425.3.10 Wiring WH-10 Handsets .......................................................... 5-455.3.11 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (4-Wire) Phone ................................. 5-485.3.12 Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems .................. 5-515.3.13 Wiring Sigma7 (2-Wire) Handsets ............................................ 5-525.3.14 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (2-Wire) Phone ................................. 5-535.3.15 Wiring Discretes ....................................................................... 5-545.3.16 Cockpit Voice and SIM Card Reader (Future Use) ..................5-585.3.17 Wiring Maintenance Handset, PC and Reset ............................ 5-595.4 Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU ......................................... 5-635.4.1 Introduction to HSU .................................................................. 5-635.4.2 Wiring HSU Power Supply .......................................................5-635.4.3 Wiring Antenna Systems With HSU Installed .........................5-655.4.4 Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232 , MPDS Ethernet and ISDN ... 5-735.4.5 Wiring HSU to Discretes and Maintenance PC Interface ......... 5-78
Table of Contentsviii TT98-113625-D5.5 Recommended Cables ..................................................................5-815.5.1 Introduction ...............................................................................5-815.5.2 Power Cables, Allowed Cable Lengths .....................................5-815.5.3 Recommended RF Cables .........................................................5-845.5.4 Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 .....................................5-845.5.5 Recommended Cables for MPDS Ethernet ...............................5-855.6 Commissioning ............................................................................5-865.6.1 Inmarsat Aeronautical Service & Solution Providers ...............5-865.6.2 Activation ..................................................................................5-875.7 Verifying the Installation ...............................................................5-88Chapter 6 Configuring the System6.1 HSD+ Configuration Program .........................................................6-16.1.1 Overview .....................................................................................6-16.1.2 Installation ...................................................................................6-26.1.3 Description of HSD+CP ..............................................................6-36.1.4 Menu Overview ...........................................................................6-56.1.5 Basic Configuration .....................................................................6-66.2 Configuration of 3rd Party Phone Systems .....................................6-86.2.1 MagnaStar ...................................................................................6-86.2.2 Sigma7 ................................................................................................................ 6-96.2.3 2.4GHz Cordless .......................................................................6-10Chapter 7 Check procedures7.1 Basic Check Flow ...........................................................................7-17.2 Pre-Installation Check ....................................................................7-27.3 Functional Test, on Ground ............................................................7-47.4 Interference Test ............................................................................7-57.5 Functional Test, Airborne ...............................................................7-6Chapter 8 Maintenance and Troubleshooting8.1 Continued Airworthiness ................................................................8-18.1.1 General ........................................................................................8-18.1.2 Instructions ..................................................................................8-1
Table of ContentsTT98-113625-D ix8.2 Software Update ............................................................................ 8-48.3 Troubleshooting .............................................................................8-68.3.1 Status Signalling .........................................................................8-68.3.2 Initial Troubleshooting .............................................................8-118.4 Returning Units for Repair ...........................................................8-158.4.1 Return Material Authorization (RMA) ..................................... 8-15AppendicesAppendix A Equipment SpecificationsA.1 Introduction .................................................................................. A-1A.1.1 Total Weight of the Aero-HSD+ System ................................... A-1A.2 Aero-HSD+ System Components ................................................... A-2A.2.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) ........................................ A-2A.2.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) .................................. A-3A.2.3 TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise Amplifier (DLNA) ................. A-4A.2.4 TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU) .................................. A-5A.2.5 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler for Optional HSU .......................... A-6A.2.6 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU ................ A-7A.3 Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles ................................................. A-8A.3.1 TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset ........................................................ A-8A.3.2 TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle .......................................................... A-9A.3.3 TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset ...................................................... A-10A.3.4 TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle ......................................................... A-11Appendix B DO-160C/D SpecificationsB.1 General ......................................................................................... B-1B.1.1 Certifying Agency ...................................................................... B-1B.1.2 Environmental Qualification Forms .......................................... B-1
Table of ContentsxTT98-113625-DB.2 Aero-HSD+ System Components ...................................................B-2B.2.1 Satellite Data Unit ......................................................................B-2B.2.2 Configuration Module ................................................................B-4B.2.3 High Power Amplifier ................................................................B-5B.2.4 Diplexer and Low Noise Amplifier ............................................B-7B.2.5 High Speed Data Unit (Optional) ...............................................B-9B.2.6 Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU .............B-10B.3 Aero-HSD+ Handsets and Cradles ...............................................B-12B.3.1 4-Wire Handset and 4-Wire Cradle ..........................................B-12B.3.2 2-Wire Handset and 2-Wire Cradle ..........................................B-14Appendix C System MessagesC.1 Types of Messages ........................................................................C-1C.2 Cause Codes .................................................................................C-2C.2.1 H+ Cause Codes .........................................................................C-2C.2.2 MPDS Cause Codes ...................................................................C-5C.2.3 ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) .......................................................C-9C.3 BITE Error Codes ........................................................................C-17C.3.1 Definition of Severity Levels ...................................................C-17C.3.2 List of BITE Codes ..................................................................C-18Appendix D Using CommandsD.1 Getting Started ..............................................................................D-1D.2 Commands for Troubleshooting ....................................................D-2Appendix E AT ProfilesE.1 Frequently Used AT Commands .................................................... E-1E.2 LES settings for AT-calls ............................................................... E-2Appendix F ReferencesF.1 Applicable Standards .................................................................... F-1F.2 Other References .......................................................................... F-2Glossary ........................................................................................................ Glossary-1Index ............................................................................................................. Index-1
TT98-113625-D xiList of FiguresChapter 1 About This ManualChapter 2 Introduction to Aero-HSD+Figure 2-1: System Configuration with Electronically Steered HGA ................................2-9Figure 2-2: System Configuration with ARINC 741 Compatible HGA ..........................2-10Figure 2-3: System Configuration with Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use).2-11Figure 2-4: System Configuration with Different User Interfaces ...................................2-12Figure 2-5: System Configuration with MagnaStar System.............................................2-13Chapter 3 Equipment DrawingsFigure 3-1: Outline Drawing: Satellite Data Unit...............................................................3-2Figure 3-2: Outline Drawing: Configuration Module.........................................................3-3Figure 3-3: Outline Drawing: High Power Amplifier ........................................................3-4Figure 3-4: Outline Drawing: Diplexer and Low Noise Amplifier ....................................3-5Figure 3-5: Outline Drawing: High Speed Data Unit .........................................................3-6Figure 3-6: Outline Drawing: Tx Coupler for Optional HSU ............................................3-7Figure 3-7: Outline Drawing: Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU ..................................3-8Figure 3-8: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Handset...................................................................3-9Figure 3-9: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Cradle ...................................................................3-10Figure 3-10: Outline Drawing: 2-Wire Handset.................................................................3-11Figure 3-11: Outline Drawing: 2-Wire Cradle ...................................................................3-12Figure 3-12: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA. ...................................................3-13Figure 3-13: SDU Tray Connector: ITT Cannon DPX2NA-67322-463 ............................3-14Figure 3-14: Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT Cannon 244-0011-001 3-15Figure 3-15: HPA Tray Connector .....................................................................................3-16Figure 3-16: Outline Drawing: Tray for HSU ....................................................................3-17Figure 3-17: HSU Tray Connector, page 1 of 2 .................................................................3-18Figure 3-18: HSU Tray Connector, page 2 of 2 .................................................................3-19Chapter 4 Connectors and Pin-outFigure 4-1: SDU Front Connector, Face View of Engaging End. (DB15F) ......................4-2Figure 4-2: SDU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End .....................4-4Figure 4-3: HPA Receptacle, Face View of Engaging End. Index Code is 08 ................4-11Figure 4-4: HSU Front Connector. Face View of Engaging End.....................................4-13Figure 4-5: HSU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End. ..................4-14
List of Figuresxii TT98-113625-DFigure 4-6: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of Cradle........................................... 4-17Figure 4-7: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle .......................................... 4-17Figure 4-8: 4-Wire Cradle Connector (DB15M). View: Solder Side .............................. 4-18Figure 4-9: 2-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of Cradle........................................... 4-20Figure 4-10: 2-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle .......................................... 4-20Figure 4-11: 2-Wire Cradle Connector (DB9M). View: Solder Side ................................ 4-21Chapter 5 InstallationFigure 5-1: Minimum System ............................................................................................ 5-3Figure 5-2: Mounting the Rx Power Splitter...................................................................... 5-5Figure 5-3: Wiring SDU Power Supply ............................................................................. 5-8Figure 5-4: Wiring HPA Power Supply ........................................................................... 5-11Figure 5-5: Wiring HGA-7000 Antenna and TT-5012A DLNA ..................................... 5-15Figure 5-6: Wiring AMT-50 Subsystem .......................................................................... 5-18Figure 5-7: Wiring ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System ................................. 5-21Figure 5-8: Wiring AHRS/IRS......................................................................................... 5-24Figure 5-9: Wiring ACARS/CMU ................................................................................... 5-26Figure 5-10: Wiring CPDF................................................................................................. 5-27Figure 5-11: Wiring MCDU/FMS...................................................................................... 5-28Figure 5-12: Wiring ICAO................................................................................................. 5-30Figure 5-13: Example of Wiring the Fictional ICAO Address 01234567 ......................... 5-30Figure 5-14: Wiring MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN...................................... 5-32Figure 5-15: MPDS Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to SDU................. 5-34Figure 5-16: ISDN RJ45 Connector................................................................................... 5-35Figure 5-17: Handset Interfaces, Possible Combinations of Connected Devices.............. 5-38Figure 5-18: Wiring T&T Handset Systems ...................................................................... 5-39Figure 5-19: Wiring MagnaStar Interface.......................................................................... 5-42Figure 5-20: Wiring WH-10 Handsets............................................................................... 5-45Figure 5-21: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless 4-Wire Handsets ................................................... 5-48Figure 5-22: Wiring Sigma7 Handsets ............................................................................... 5-52Figure 5-23: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless Handsets ............................................................... 5-53Figure 5-24: Wiring Discrete Annunciators and Weight-on-Wheels................................. 5-54Figure 5-25: Wiring Cockpit Voice and SIM Card Reader ............................................... 5-58Figure 5-26: Wiring Maintenance PC and Reset ............................................................... 5-59Figure 5-27: TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant with Front Connector........................ 5-61
List of FiguresTT98-113625-D xiiiFigure 5-28: Wiring Maintenance Handset ........................................................................5-62Figure 5-29: Wiring HSU Power........................................................................................5-63Figure 5-30: Wiring HSU to HGA-7000 Antenna System.................................................5-65Figure 5-31: Wiring HSU to AMT-50 Subsystem..............................................................5-69Figure 5-32: Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN .........................5-73Figure 5-33: Ethernet RxD Twinax Contact Pin-out Definition.........................................5-75Figure 5-34: Ethernet TxD Twinax Contact Pin-out Definition.........................................5-75Figure 5-35: Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to HSU. ............................5-76Figure 5-36: ISDN RJ45 Connector ...................................................................................5-77Figure 5-37: Wiring HSU to Discretes and RS-232 PC Maintenance Interfaces...............5-78Chapter 6 Configuring the SystemFigure 6-1: HSD+CP User Interface...................................................................................6-3Chapter 7 Check proceduresChapter 8 Maintenance and TroubleshootingFigure 8-1: Initial Check of LEDs ....................................................................................8-12Figure 8-2: Initial Check of MPDS, Fax, 4-Wire Handsets and ISDN ............................8-13Figure 8-3: Initial Check of Fax .......................................................................................8-14App. A Equipment SpecificationsApp. B DO-160C/D SpecificationsApp. C System MessagesApp. D Using CommandsApp. E AT ProfilesApp. F References
List of Figuresxiv TT98-113625-D
TT98-113625-D xvList of TablesChapter 1 About This ManualTable 1-1: List of Related Documentation ........................................................................1-2Chapter 2 Introduction to Aero-HSD+Table 2-1: Model and Part Numbers for the Aero-HSD+ System (T&T Units) ...............2-5Table 2-2: Model and Part Numbers for Antenna Systems...............................................2-6Table 2-3: Part Numbers for Klixon Circuit Breakers ......................................................2-6Table 2-4: Part Number for Basic Installation Kit from ECS ...........................................2-6Table 2-5: Part Numbers for Trays and Connectors..........................................................2-7Table 2-6: List of Applicable External Units ....................................................................2-8Chapter 3 Equipment DrawingsChapter 4 Connectors and Pin-outTable 4-1: Pin-out for SDU Front Connector....................................................................4-3Table 4-2: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Top Plug)..................................................4-7Table 4-3: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Bottom Plug)..........................................4-10Table 4-4: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Top Plug) ........................................................4-12Table 4-5: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Bottom Plug)...................................................4-12Table 4-6: Pin-out for HSU Front Connector..................................................................4-14Table 4-7: Pin-out for HSU Rear Receptacle..................................................................4-16Table 4-8: Pin-out for 15 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on “pigtail” in 4-Wire Cradle.....4-19Table 4-9: Pin-out for 9 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on “pigtail” in 2-Wire Cradle.......4-21Table 4-10: Mating Connectors in Aircraft for SDU ........................................................4-22Table 4-11: Mating Connector in Aircraft for HPA..........................................................4-23Table 4-12: Mating Connectors in Aircraft for HSU ........................................................4-23Chapter 5 InstallationTable 5-1: Pins for SDU Power Supply ............................................................................5-9Table 5-2: Requirements to SDU Power Cables .............................................................5-10Table 5-3: Pins for HPA Power Supply ..........................................................................5-12Table 5-4: Pin for Remote HPA Power on/off by SDU ..................................................5-12Table 5-5: Requirements to HPA Power Cables .............................................................5-13Table 5-6: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna ................................................................5-16Table 5-7: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna ................................................................5-16
List of Tablesxvi TT98-113625-DTable 5-8: Requirements to RF Cables, HGA-7000 Antenna ........................................ 5-17Table 5-9: SDU Pins for AMT-50 Subsystem................................................................ 5-19Table 5-10: HPA Pins for AMT-50 Subsystem................................................................ 5-19Table 5-11: Requirements to RF Cables, AMT-50 Subsystem ........................................ 5-20Table 5-12: HPA Pins for Dual Side Panel Antenna System ........................................... 5-22Table 5-13: SDU Pins for Dual Side Panel Antenna System ........................................... 5-23Table 5-14: Requirements to RF Cables, ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System 5-23Table 5-15: SDU Pins for IRS and AHARS..................................................................... 5-24Table 5-16: ARINC Data Format for IRS......................................................................... 5-25Table 5-17: ARINC Data Format for AHRS .................................................................... 5-26Table 5-18: SDU Pins for CMU ....................................................................................... 5-27Table 5-19: SDU Pins for MPDS RS-422 ........................................................................ 5-33Table 5-20: SDU Pins for MPDS 10BaseT Ethernet........................................................ 5-34Table 5-21: SDU Pins for ISDN ....................................................................................... 5-35Table 5-22: SDU Pins for 4-Wire Interface...................................................................... 5-40Table 5-23: SDU Pins for 2-Wire Interface...................................................................... 5-41Table 5-24: SDU Pins for MagnaStar Interface................................................................ 5-43Table 5-25: SDU Pins for WH-10 Interface ..................................................................... 5-46Table 5-26: SDU Pins for 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) Interface ...................................... 5-49Table 5-27: SDU Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Systems ........................................... 5-51Table 5-28: SDU Pins for Discrete Annunciators............................................................. 5-54Table 5-29: SDU Pins for WOW ...................................................................................... 5-55Table 5-30: SDU Pins for WOW ...................................................................................... 5-56Table 5-31: Specification of Discrete Types. ................................................................... 5-57Table 5-32: SDU Pins for RS-232 PC Interface ............................................................... 5-60Table 5-33: SDU Pins for Maintenance Handset Interface .............................................. 5-62Table 5-34: Requirements to HSU Power Cables............................................................. 5-64Table 5-35: HSU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-66Table 5-36: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-66Table 5-37: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-67Table 5-38: Requirements to RF Cables, HGA-7000 Antenna ........................................ 5-68Table 5-39: HSU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-70Table 5-40: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-70Table 5-41: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System ................................................... 5-71Table 5-42: Requirements to RF Cables, AMT-50 Subsystem ........................................ 5-72
List of TablesTT98-113625-D xviiTable 5-43: HSU Pins for MPDS RS-232.........................................................................5-74Table 5-44: HSU Pins for MPDS 10BaseT Ethernet ........................................................5-75Table 5-45: HSU Pins for ISDN........................................................................................5-77Table 5-46: HSU Pins for Rear Maintenance Connector Interface, RS-232.....................5-79Table 5-47: HSU Pins for Discrete Outputs......................................................................5-80Table 5-48: Allowed Lengths for SDU Power Cables ......................................................5-81Table 5-49: Allowed Lengths for HPA Power Cables ......................................................5-82Table 5-50: Allowed Lengths for HPA Chassis Cable......................................................5-82Table 5-51: Allowed Lengths for HSU Power Cables ......................................................5-83Table 5-52: List of Recommended RF Cables ..................................................................5-84Chapter 6 Configuring the SystemChapter 7 Check proceduresTable 7-1: Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs. ...............................7-2Table 7-2: Check Sheet: Functional Test, on Ground .......................................................7-4Table 7-3: Check Sheet: Functional Test, Airborne..........................................................7-6Chapter 8 Maintenance and TroubleshootingApp. A Equipment SpecificationsTable A-1: General Specifications for SDU......................................................................A-2Table A-2: General Specifications for HPA......................................................................A-3Table A-3: General Specifications for DLNA .................................................................. A-4Table A-4: General Specifications for HSU......................................................................A-5Table A-5: General Specifications for Tx Coupler ...........................................................A-6Table A-6: General Specifications for Rx Power Splitter.................................................A-7Table A-7: General Specifications for 4-Wire Handset .................................................... A-8Table A-8: General Specifications for 4-Wire Cradle.......................................................A-9Table A-9: General Specifications for 2-Wire Handset .................................................. A-10Table A-10: General Specifications for 2-Wire Cradle.....................................................A-11App. B DO-160C/D SpecificationsTable B-1: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, SDU...................................................... B-2Table B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU .................................................. B-2Table B-3: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, HPA...................................................... B-5
List of Tablesxviii TT98-113625-DTable B-4: Environmental Qualification Form for HPA...................................................B-5Table B-5: RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, DLNA ...................................................B-7Table B-6: Environmental Qualification Form for DLNA................................................B-7Table B-7: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter......B-10Table B-8: Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter..B-10Table B-9: RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, 4-wire Handset and Cradle..................B-12Table B-10: Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle.............B-12Table B-11: Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle.............B-14App. C System MessagesTable C-1: List of H+ Logon Reject Cause Codes............................................................C-2Table C-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes................................................................C-3Table C-3: List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes .............................................................C-5Table C-4: List of MPDS Layer 3 Reason Codes .............................................................C-7Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV) ................................................................C-9Table C-6: Definition of severity levels for BITE Codes................................................C-17Table C-7: List of BITE Codes........................................................................................C-18App. D Using CommandsTable D-1: “list” Commands ............................................................................................ D-2Table D-2: “slog” Commands........................................................................................... D-3Table D-3: “call_log” Commands .................................................................................... D-5Table D-4: “flight” Commands......................................................................................... D-6App. E AT ProfilesApp. F References
TT98-113625-D 1-1Chapter 11111About This Manual 11.1 PurposeThe purpose of this manual is to provide information for installation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the Aero-HSD+ system. Important! The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not represent any specific Supplemental Type Certificate (STC). It is the installer's responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC package.1.2 OrganizationThe chapters of this Installation Manual provide the following information:•IntroductionA short overview of the Aero-HSD+ system and services.•Equipment DrawingsOutline drawings of the units, trays and connectors of the Aero-HSD+ system.•ConnectorsDrawings and pin-out for the connectors, and a description of the required mating connectors. •InstallationWiring drawings and detailed installation and wiring requirements.•ConfigurationAn introduction to the HSD+ Configuration Program and a short description of how to configure the Aero-HSD+ system. Also a short description of how to configure some of the 3rd party handsets.•Check ProceduresAn overview of the recommended check procedures and checklists.•Maintenance and TroubleshootingDescriptions of Airworthiness, software update, LEDs and BITE test. Also a flow chart of how to perform initial troubleshooting.•AppendicesEquipment specifications, DO-160C/D Forms, Lists of error messages.
Related Documentation1-2 Chapter 1: About This Manual TT98-113625-D1.3 Related DocumentationThe following documentation is related to this manual:1.4 PrecautionsWarnings, Cautions and NotesText marked with “Warning”, “Caution”, “Note” or “Important” show the following type of data:•Warning: A Warning is an operation or maintenance procedure that, if not obeyed, can cause injury or death, or jeopardize the flight safety on the aircraft. •Caution: A Caution is an operation or maintenance procedure that, if not obeyed, can cause damage to the equipment.•Note: A Note gives information to help the reader.•Important: A text marked Important gives information that is important to the user, e.g. to make the system work properly. This text does not concern damage on equipment, flight safety nor personal safety.General precautionsAll personnel who operate equipment or do maintenance as specified in this manual must know and follow the safety precautions.The warnings and cautions that follow apply to all parts of this manual.WARNING! Before using any material, refer to the manufacturers’ material safety data sheets for safety information. Some materials can be dangerous.CAUTION! Do not use materials that are not equivalent to materials specified by Thrane & Thrane. Materials that are not equivalent can cause damage to the equipment.CAUTION! The Aero-HSD+ system contains items that are electrostatic discharge sensitive. Use approved industry precautions to keep the risk of damage to a minimum when you touch, remove or insert parts or assemblies. Part Number DescriptionTT-98-119959 Aero-HSD+ User ManualTT-99-119960 Aero-HSD+ Quick GuideTable 1-1: List of Related Documentation
TT98-113625-D 2-1Chapter 22222Introduction to Aero-HSD+22.1 General DescriptionThis Installation manual describes the administrative and technical aspects, features, functions and components of the Aero-HSD+ system. All comments or recommendations regarding the installation, acceptance or operation of the Aero-HSD+ system or its accessories and components should be directed to Thrane & Thrane.2.1.1 The Aero-HSD+ SystemImportant!The design of the system is not intended to support the requirements of safety and regularity of flight communications, in particular for Air Traffic Services (ATS) or Aeronautical Operational Control (AOC) during the flight time. The software used to control the unit operation complies with RTCA specification DO-178B level E software. Non-Safety InterfacesThe following interfaces in the Aero-HSD+ system are strictly for non-safety usage:• Cockpit voice (future use)• ACARS/CMU• CPDF (future use)• MCDU/FMS (future use)
General Description2-2 Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+TT98-113625-DServicesHoused in one system, the Aero-HSD+ combines the global voice, fax and PC modem data capabilities of the Inmarsat® Aero-H+ service with the new Inmarsat Swift64 aeronautical High Speed Data service.• The Aero-H+ part provides three channels for global voice, fax, PC modem data and cockpit communication.• The Swift64 part provides a fourth channel, dedicated to high-speed data requirements. The Swift64 channel may operate either using the Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN @ 64 kbit/s) or the IP-based Mobile Packet Data Service (MPDS up to 64 kbit/s).The Swift64 channel may also be used for speech or for 3.1 kHz audio e.g. for fax.PBXThe built-in PBX Unit connects up to four 4-wire handsets and two direct 2-wire POTS interfaces for faxes, PC modems, auxiliary phones, headset interface boxes etc.Configuration ModuleThe Configuration Module (CM) contains all system and user settings for easy replacement of the Satellite Data Unit (SDU). Access to these settings are provided with the HSD+ Configuration Program (HSD+CP). For further information on the HSD+CP, see HSD+ Configuration Program on page 6-1.Different layers of write protection protect the CM contents; this includes hardware protection of installation settings and optional pin code protection of user data.The Configuration Module is designed as a “plug-in” module for the SDU, making it easier to replace the SDU while retaining all system and user settings.Antenna SystemsThe Aero-HSD+ may be acquired with an electronically steered High Gain Antenna, HGA-7000, which is designed for fuselage mounting. The Aero-HSD+ system has built-in antenna control (ACU/BSU) for the HGA-7000 antenna.Alternatively, an ARINC 741 antenna, such as the AMT-50 antenna for tail mounting, may be used.
General DescriptionTT98-113625-D Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+2-322222.1.2 Standard FeaturesUnique multi-channel solution, integrating the Inmarsat Aero-H+ and Swift64 servicesA total of four channels (optionally five):• two global H+ channels for voice, G3 fax or PC modem data• one global H+ packet data channel for cockpit communications• one spot beam High Speed Data (HSD) channel for ISDN or MPDSAs an option, one additional HSD channel can be installed, providing a total data rate of 128 kbit/s.Extremely small, compact and lightweightISDN for large file transmissions, video conferences, G4 fax etc.Pay only “by the bit” with MPDS – ideally suited for Internet, e-mails etc.Connect MPDS to airborne LAN via Ethernet or RS-4223.1 kHz audio (14.4 kbit/s) for modems, G3 fax, high quality voice etc. via HSD channelSTE/STU for secure transmissionsChelton HGA-7000 antenna compatibilityARINC 741 antenna compatibilityBuilt-in PBX interfacing to four 4-wire and two 2-wire connections
Application2-4 Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+TT98-113625-D2.2 Application2.2.1 Minimum SystemA minimum working system has at least:• one TT-5035A SDU• one TT-5035A-001 CM• one TT-5014A HPA• one handset and cradle, e.g. a TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset and a TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle• one antenna system. As antenna system, use either the AMT-50 Antenna Subsystem or the HGA-7000 Antenna with a TT-5012A DLNA.The minimum wiring required for an Aero-HSD+ system is described in the section Minimum System Drawing on page 5-3.
ApplicationTT98-113625-D Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+2-522222.2.2 Part NumbersApplicable Thrane & Thrane Model- and Part NumbersThis Installation Manual is for the Aero-HSD+ system and is applicable to the model- and part numbers below:T&T Part Number Model Number Description405035A TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) [without CM]405035A-001 TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM)405038A TT-5038A High Speed data Unit (HSU). Additional Swift64 channel for a total of 128 kbit/s (optional)405038A-002 TT-5038A-002 HSU Tx Coupler (optional)405038A-003 TT-5038A-003 HSU Rx Power Splitter (optional)405014A TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA)405012A-THR TT-5012A Diplexer / Low Noise Amplifier (DLNA)405620A-THW TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset (white)405620A-THR TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset (black)405622A-THW TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle (white)405622A-THR TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle (black)405621B-THW TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset (white)405621B-THR TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset (black)405622B-THW TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle (white)405622B-THR TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle (black)TT 37-112940 Maintenance Cable (SDU Front Connector Maintenance via PC)TT 83-119958 CD with HSD+ Configuration ProgramTable 2-1: Model and Part Numbers for the Aero-HSD+ System (T&T Units)
Application2-6 Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+TT98-113625-DApplicable antenna systemsCircuit BreakersInstallation KitComplete installation kits including harness wiring can be obtained through ECS (Electronic Cable Specialists, Inc.). The part number for a basic installation kit is stated below. For further information, contact:ECS, USAPhone: +1 414.421.5300Email: sales@ecsdirect.comHomepage: www.ecsdirect.comPart Number Model Number Description677-A0106 HGA-7000 Chelton Electronically Steered High Gain Antenna0881-A-0001 AMT-50 EMS Antenna Control Unit (ACU)0476-A-00364 AMT-50 EMS Diplexer/LNA (DLNA)0476-A-00377 AMT-50 EMS Antenna Frame Assembly (Antenna)Table 2-2: Model and Part Numbers for Antenna SystemsPart Number Recommended Aircraft Circuit Breakers4310-001-4 Klixon 2TC series, 4 A current rating (SDU)4310-001-20 Klixon 2TC series, 20 A current rating (HPA)Table 2-3: Part Numbers for Klixon Circuit BreakersPart Number Installation Kit120-94981-102 ECS Basic Installation Kit for Aero-HSD+Table 2-4: Part Number for Basic Installation Kit from ECS
ApplicationTT98-113625-D Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+2-72222Trays and ConnectorsPart Number Recommended Trays for Jet Aircraft200-86686-101 ECS Tray Assembly 3/8-size ATR (for HPA and SDU)200-92045-102 ECS Tray Assembly 1/4-size ATR (for HSU)Part Number Required Plug for SDU TrayDPX2NA-67322-463 ITT Cannon Connector, Dual Plug Part Number Recommended Plug for HPA Tray616 697 173 RADIALL Dual Plug ConnectorPart Number Required Plug for optional HSU TrayDSXN2PS33C45X00500 ECS Dual Plug ConnectorP924 Size #5 Twinax contactTable 2-5: Part Numbers for Trays and Connectors
Application2-8 Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+TT98-113625-D2.2.3 Applicable External UnitsApart from the antennas listed in the previous section, the Aero-HSD+ system has been tested with various other external units. Below is a list of tested units.Note that the Aero-HSD+ system may also be able to interface to other units not mentioned below.Product Name Product Description Manufacturer2.4GHz Cordless Cordless handset systemICG, USAPhone: Email:Homepage: 1-800-279-1991 or (757)947-1030sales@intcomgrp.com.www.intcomgrp.comSigma7Handset system ICG (see contact info above)AeroRouter 700 LAN router ICG (see contact info above)JetLAN Cabin file server Pentar Avionics, USAPhone:Fax: Email: Homepage:1-888-655-3755 or(425)424-3370425.424.3380sales@pentar.comwww.pentar.comAMAR (Advanced Mobile Access Router)LAN Router Lufthansa Technik AG, GermanyHomepage: www.lufthansa-technik.com(The homepage lists regional sales office).Table 2-6: List of Applicable External Units
System Block DiagramsTT98-113625-D Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+2-922222.3 System Block Diagrams2.3.1 OverviewThe following block diagrams show basic system component interconnection. The first three diagrams show the wiring differences according to antenna choice and antenna steering source. The following system block diagrams show the user interface options and how the system can be interfaced with MagnaStar system PBX communication.2.3.2 HGA-7000 High Gain AntennaThe Aero-HSD+ system has built-in antenna control (ACU/BSU) for the electronically steered HGA-7000 antenna.Figure 2-1: System Configuration with Electronically Steered HGAAntennaHPAHGA-7000DLNASDUIRS /AHRSAero-HSDCM+UserInterfacesTT-5012AGPSTxRx
System Block Diagrams2-10 Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+TT98-113625-D2.3.3 ARINC 741 Compatible High Gain AntennaThe Aero-HSD+ system also supports ARINC 741 compatible antenna systems, such as the mechanically steered AMT-50 subsystem.Figure 2-2: System Configuration with ARINC 741 Compatible HGAAntennaACU/BSUHPAARINC741 Antenna SubsystemARINC741DLNASDUIRSAero-HSDCM+UserInterfacesTxRx
System Block DiagramsTT98-113625-D Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+2-1122222.3.4 Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use)An ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna system may be installed, in order to improve the view to the satellite.Figure 2-3: System Configuration with Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use)HGA (Port)HPADLNA 1(Port)SDUIRSAero-HSD+ SystemCMUserInterfacesHPRDLNA 2(STBO)BSU(Port)BSU(STBO)HGA(STBO)CombinerARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna SystemTx Rx
System Block Diagrams2-12 Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+TT98-113625-D2.3.5 User InterfacesThe Aero-HSD+ system has the following user interfaces:• Four 4-wire PBX interfaces, which can be used e.g. for the TT-5620A handset and TT-5622A cradle.The TT-5622A cradle has an RJ11 connector to which additional 2-wire terminals can be connected, e.g. for fax or modem data. • Two 2-wire POTS interfaces, which can be used for the TT-5621B handset and TT-5622B cradle or other POTS handsets. The TT-5622B cradle has an RJ11 connector to which additional 2-wire terminals can be connected, e.g. for fax or modem data.• MPDS via RS-422 or 10BaseT Ethernet interface.• Euro ISDN S-bus interface for PC, Fax or STE• ARINC 429 interfaces for e.g. CMU/ACARS or MCDU/FMS.• Discrete outputs for annunciators.The following drawing shows most of the possible user interfaces. Figure 2-4: System Configuration with Different User Interfaces4-W CradleTT-5035A SDU2-W CradleG3 FaxLaptop/PCSTUG4 FaxLaptop/PCVideo Ph.STECMUAFISACARSMCDU/FMSPC #1PC #2PC #3IP ROUTER2-wire / RJ-11ISDNRS-422/EthernetLANARINC 4292-W Cradle4-wire2-W Phone2-W Phone4-W Cradle 4-W Handset4-W Handset4-W Cradle 4-W Handset4-W Cradle 4-W HandsetAnnunciatorsDiscreteOutputs
System Block DiagramsTT98-113625-D Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+2-1322222.3.6 MagnaStar® SystemThe MagnaStar system is a terrestrial-based telephone system that can be connected to the 4-wire interfaces of the Aero-HSD+ system.The connections between the SDU and AIU1 and AIU2 are standard 4-wire WH-10 Interfaces, with one additional discrete interface (Service Unavailable).Note: The block diagram below is a simplified overview of one of the MagnaStar systems. For information on the MagnaStar system, refer to the relevant MagnaStar installation manual.Figure 2-5: System Configuration with MagnaStar SystemMagnastar SystemSDUAero-HSD+ SystemAIUAIUCDBR-2ARTU/TMUHandsetHandset4-Wire4-WireSatcom ServiceUnavailable
Operation Overview2-14 Chapter 2: Introduction to Aero-HSD+TT98-113625-D2.4 Operation OverviewNote: The Aero-HSD+ system should not be used during take-off and landing.2.4.1 ConfigurationThe main configuration tool for the Aero-HSD+ system is the HSD+ Configuration Program (HSD+CP), which can be launched from a standard PC connected to the front connector of the SDU. For further information, see HSD+ Configuration Program on page 6-1.2.4.2 User InterfaceThe Aero-HSD+ System uses the 4-wire handset as the main interface between the operator and the system. The display and keypad of the handset give access to the menu system.Refer to the Aero-HSD+ User Manual for operating procedures. The Aero-HSD+ User Manual introduces and explains system capabilities and features, handset controls and functions, placing and receiving calls, and use of the menu system.
TT98-113625-D 3-1Chapter 33333Equipment Drawings 33.1 IntroductionThe following pages show copies of mechanical drawings of important system units relevant for an installation.IMPORTANT NOTEThe drawings in this manual are for reference only. Contact Thrane & Thrane to obtain the latest version of the outline drawings.
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit3-2 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.2 TT-5035A Satellite Data UnitFigure 3-1: Outline Drawing: Satellite Data Unit
TT-5035A Satellite Data UnitTT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-333333.2.1 TT-5035A-001 Configuration ModuleFigure 3-2: Outline Drawing: Configuration Module
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier3-4 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.3 TT-5014A High Power AmplifierFigure 3-3: Outline Drawing: High Power Amplifier
TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise AmplifierTT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-533333.4 TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise AmplifierFigure 3-4: Outline Drawing: Diplexer and Low Noise Amplifier
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional)3-6 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.5 TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional)Figure 3-5: Outline Drawing: High Speed Data Unit
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional)TT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-733333.5.1 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler for Optional HSUFigure 3-6: Outline Drawing: Tx Coupler for Optional HSU
TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (Optional)3-8 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.5.2 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSUNote: If the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface, mount it on a 3 mm mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors. For further information see Rx Power Splitter on page 5-5.Figure 3-7: Outline Drawing: Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSU
TT-5620A 4-Wire HandsetTT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-933333.6 TT-5620A 4-Wire HandsetFigure 3-8: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Handset
TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle3-10 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.7 TT-5622A 4-Wire CradleFigure 3-9: Outline Drawing: 4-Wire Cradle
TT-5621B 2-Wire HandsetTT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-1133333.8 TT-5621B 2-Wire HandsetFigure 3-10: Outline Drawing: 2-Wire Handset
TT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle3-12 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.9 TT-5622B 2-Wire CradleFigure 3-11: Outline Drawing: 2-Wire Cradle
SDU and HPA TrayTT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-1333333.10 SDU and HPA TrayFigure 3-12: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.
SDU Tray Connector3-14 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.11 SDU Tray ConnectorFigure 3-13: SDU Tray Connector: ITT Cannon DPX2NA-67322-463
SDU Tray ConnectorTT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-153333Figure 3-14: Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT Cannon 244-0011-001
HPA Tray Connector3-16 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.12 HPA Tray ConnectorFigure 3-15: HPA Tray Connector
HSU TrayTT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-1733333.13 HSU TrayFigure 3-16: Outline Drawing: Tray for HSU
HSU Tray Connector3-18 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D3.14 HSU Tray ConnectorFigure 3-17: HSU Tray Connector, page 1 of 2
HSU Tray ConnectorTT98-113625-D Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings 3-193333Figure 3-18: HSU Tray Connector, page 2 of 2
HSU Tray Connector3-20 Chapter 3: Equipment Drawings TT98-113625-D
TT98-113625-D 4-1Chapter 44444Connectors and Pin-out 44.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4.1.1 Connectors on SDUThere are three connectors on the SDU:• Maintenance (front connector):Interface to PC and Handset for maintenance purposes. A 15 pin Female Sub-D Filter connector• ARINC 404 (rear connector):Interfaces to Aircraft and SATCOM interconnections. An ARINC 404 Shell Size 2 Receptacle.• Configuration Module (rear, inside connector):A 9 pin Sub-D Female Connector. This is an internal connector used only as interface to the Configuration Module.
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-2 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-D4.1.2 SDU Front ConnectorConnector DrawingFunctionsThe front connector is a 15 pin Female Sub-D Filter connector, and contains the following interfaces:• EIA/TIA-232-E PC port• 4-Wire Thrane & Thrane Handset• RS-485 Data interface for T&T Handset• +12 V DC for powering the Handset• Write Enable Input for Configuration Module.Figure 4-1: SDU Front Connector, Face View of Engaging End. (DB15F)98115
TT-5035A Satellite Data UnitTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-34444Pin-out for SDU Front ConnectorPin. No. Pin NameFP1 Maintenance Handset Audio In HiFP2 Maintenance Handset Audio In LoFP3 Maintenance Handset Audio Out HiFP4 Maintenance Handset Audio Out LoFP5 Signal Ground SGNDFP6 Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data AFP7 Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data BFP8 +12 V DC/120 mA FP9 GND, Power Return (for +12 V DC)FP10 PC EIA/TIA-232-E RxD OutputFP11 PC EIA/TIA-232-E TxD InputFP12 PC EIA/TIA-232-E CTS OutputFP13 PC EIA/TIA-232-E RTS InputFP14 GNDFP15 Configuration Module Write Enable InTable 4-1: Pin-out for SDU Front Connector
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-4 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-D4.1.3 SDU Rear ReceptacleConnector DrawingFigure 4-2: SDU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging EndA3A4A1A24113 824 197518 1429 25125 13406794106527912Top Plug (TP) InsertBottom Plug (BP) InsertIndex Pin Code 04Light areas are key holesView: Engaging End3412Quadrax Ethernet Insertin A3A3 A4A1 A241138241975181429251122513406794 1065279SDU Rear Receptacle Mating Plug in Tray
TT-5035A Satellite Data UnitTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-54444Functions, Top PlugThe Top Plug (TP) connects the following signals:Power, RF Interfaces and Antenna Modem:• +28 V DC Power + chassis ground• +28 V DC/600 mA 4-wire handset supply• Remote ON/OFF (nON)• RF Tx signal to HPA• RF Rx signal from DLNA• Antenna Modem InterfaceHandset interfaces (analog):• 4 analog four wire interfaces for Thrane & Thrane Handsets Systems (incl. +28 V DC Handset supply with nON/OFF power supply control)Voice/Fax/Modem interfaces:• 2 VOICE/FAX/MODEM/STU-III, analog 2-wire standard POTS interfaces
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-6 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-DFunctions, Bottom PlugThe Bottom Plug connects the following signals:Aircraft Avionics Interfaces:• 24 bit discrete hardwire strapped ICAO address• 2 high speed ARINC 429 Inertial Reference System (IRS) or• 2 high or low speed ARINC 429 Attitude and Heading Reference System (AHRS)• 2 high or low ARINC 429 Communication Management Units (ACARS/CMU)• 2 low speed ARINC 429 Cabin Packet-mode Data Function (CPDF)• 3 high or low speed ARINC 429 MCDU/FMS (1 output, 2 inputs) or 1 high or low speed ARINC 429 AES ID input (ICAO address, for future use)• 2 Discrete inputs for “Weight On Wheels”• Discrete Inputs/Outputs for WH-10/MagnaStar AIU control or, for future use, Cockpit VoiceHigh Speed Interfaces:• 1 MPDS RS-422, with RS-422 CTS/RTS Hardware Handshake• 1 Euro ISDN S-bus connectionSATCOM Interfaces:• 1 RS-422 Multi Control HPA Interface (Tx)• 1 RS-422 BITE/Status HPA Interfaces (Rx)• 1 Discrete HPA Remote nON/OFF outputMaintenance Interfaces:• 1 Discrete SDU Hardware ResetHandset interfaces (digital):• 4 RS-485 data interfaces for Thrane & Thrane HandsetsOther interfaces:• 1 RS-422 SIMCARD Reader Interface (future use)• 3 Annunciators for: “Service Available”, “Call” and “FAX” -annunciator• 3 ATE pins (Automatic Test Equipment) - not used
TT-5035A Satellite Data UnitTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-74444Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Top Plug)Table 4-2: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Top Plug)Pin No. Pin NameTP A1 RF Rx input from DLNA 12 V DC power to DLNA (Coax)TP A2 RF Tx output to HPA (Coax)TP A3.1 Tx + 10BaseT Ethernet(Quadrax pin 1)TP A3.2 Rx + 10BaseT Ethernet(Quadrax pin 2)TP A3.3 Tx - 10BaseT Ethernet(Quadrax pin 3)TP A3.4 Rx - 10BaseT Ethernet(Quadrax pin 4)TP A4 Antenna Modem Interface (Coax)TP1 +28 V DC PowerTP2 GND, Power ReturnTP3 Chassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnTP4 +28 V DC/600 mA Handset SupplyTP5 Remote ON/OFF (nON)TP6 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #5 (Ring)TP7 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #6 (Ring)TP8 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #6 (Tip)TP9 Not ConnectedTP10 Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (For future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)TP11 Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (For future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)TP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (For future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)TP13 Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (For future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)TP14 Not ConnectedTP15 Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (For future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)TP16 Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (For future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)TP17 Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (For future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)TP18 Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (For future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)TP19 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #5 (Tip)TP20 AGNDTP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 audio Out LoTP25 Do not connect! (+12 V DC / 25 mA) TP26 Handset #4 audio In HiTP27 Handset #4 audio In LoTP28 Handset #4 audio Out HiTP29 Handset #4 audio Out LoPin No. Pin Name
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-8 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-DPin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Bottom Plug)Pin No. Pin NameBP1 ICAO Address Bit #1 (MSB)BP2 ICAO Address Bit #2BP3 ICAO Address Bit #3BP4 ICAO Address Bit #4BP5 ICAO Address Bit #5BP6 ICAO Address Bit #6BP7 ICAO Address Bit #7BP8 ICAO Address Bit #8BP9 ICAO Address Bit #9BP10 ICAO Address Bit #10BP11 ICAO Address Bit #11BP12 ICAO Address Bit #12BP13 ICAO Address Bit #13BP14 ICAO Address Bit #14BP15 ICAO Address Bit #15BP16 ICAO Address Bit #16BP17 ICAO Address Bit #17BP18 ICAO Address Bit #18BP19 ICAO Address Bit #19BP20 ICAO Address Bit #20BP21 ICAO Address Bit #21BP22 ICAO Address Bit #22BP23 ICAO Address Bit #23BP24 ICAO Address Bit #24BP25 ICAO Address CommonBP26 Data from primary IRS 429 A / Data from primary AHRS 429 ABP27 Data from primary IRS 429 B / Data from primary AHRS 429 BBP28 Data from second. IRS 429 A / Data from second. AHRS 429 ABP29 Data from second. IRS 429 B / Data from second. AHRS 429 BBP30 Data bus from MCDU / FMS #2 / AES ID input 429 A (future use)BP31 Data bus from MCDU / FMS #2 / AES ID input 429 B (future use)BP32 Data bus from CPDF #1 429 A/HSU control inputBP33 Data bus from CPDF #1 429 B/HSU control inputBP34 Data bus to CPDF #1 429 A/HSU control outputBP35 Data bus to CPDF #1 429 B/HSU control outputBP36 Data bus from CPDF #2 429 ABP37 Data bus from CPDF #2 429 BBP38 Data bus to CPDF #2 429 ABP39 Data bus to CPDF #2 429 BBP40 Data bus from ACARS/CMU #1 429 ABP41 Data bus fromACARS/CMU #1 429 BBP42 Data bus to ACARS/CMU #1 & #2 429 ABP43 Data bus to ACARS/CMU #1 & #2 429 BBP44 Data bus from ACARS/CMU #2 429 ABP45 Data bus from ACARS/CMU #2 429 BPin No. Pin Name
TT-5035A Satellite Data UnitTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-94444Pin No. Pin NameBP46 Data bus from MCDU / FMS #1 429 ABP47 Data bus from MCDU / FMS #1 429 BBP48 Data bus to MCDU / FMS #1 & #2 429 ABP49 Data bus to MCDU / FMS #1 & #2 429 BBP50 Reserved for Weight-On-Wheels Input #1BP51 Reserved for Weight-On-Wheels Input #2BP52 For future use: CP Voice Chime Signal Contact #1; Current from ChimeBP53 For future use: CP Voice Chime Signal Contact #2; Current to ChimeBP54 MagnaStar: Satcom Service UnavailableBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3BP56 HSU disableBP57 HPA remote nON/OFF outputBP58 MPDS TxD-B RS-422 (I)BP59 MPDS TxD-A RS-422 (I)BP60 MPDS RxD-B RS-422 (O)BP61 MPDS RxD-A RS-422 (O)BP62 MPDS RTS-B RS-422 (I)BP63 MPDS RTS-A RS-422 (I)BP64 MPDS CTS-B RS-422 (O)BP65 MPDS CTS-A RS-422 (O)BP66 ISDN RxP (c)BP67 ISDN TxP (d)BP68 ISDN TxN (e)BP69 ISDN RxN (f)BP70 Future use: SIMCARD Reader Control Output B, RS-422BP71 Future use: SIMCARD Reader Control Output A, RS-422BP72 Future use: SIMCARD Reader Data Input B, RS-422BP73 Future use: SIMCARD Reader Data Input A, RS-422BP74 Do not connect! (ATE 1)BP75 Do not connect! (ATE 2)BP76 Do not connect! (ATE 3)BP77 SDU Reset, Active LowBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422BP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1 or, for future use, CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1 (Discrete I)BP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1 or, for future use, CP Voice Mic On Input #1 (Discrete I/O)BP84 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1 or, for future use, CP Voice Call Light Output #1 (Discrete O)BP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2 or, for future use, CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2 (Discrete I)BP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2 or, for future use, CP Voice Mic On Input #2 (Discrete I/O)Pin No. Pin Name
TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit4-10 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-DTable 4-3: Pin-out for SDU Rear Receptacle (Bottom Plug)Pin No. Pin NameBP87 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2 or, for future use, CP Voice Call Light Output #2 (Discrete O)BP88 Chime/ Lamps Inhibit Input (Discrete I)BP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3 or Service Available Annunciator (Discrete I/O)BP90 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3BP91 For future use: CP Voice Chime Reset Input #1 (Discrete I)BP92 Call Annunciator (Discrete I/O)BP93 Fax Annunciator (Discrete Output)BP94 4-Wire Handset #1 RS-485 Data ABP95 4-Wire Handset #1 RS-485 Data BBP96 4-Wire Handset #2 RS-485 Data ABP97 4-Wire Handset #2 RS-485 Data BBP98 4-Wire Handset #3 RS-485 Data ABP99 4-Wire Handset #3 RS-485 Data BBP100 4-Wire Handset #4 RS-485 Data ABP101 4-Wire Handset #4 RS-485 Data BBP102 MPDS DTR-B RS-422 (I)BP103 MPDS DTR-A RS-422 (I)BP104 MPDS DCD-B RS-422 (O)BP105 MPDS DCD-A RS-422 (O)BP106 Port 1 GNDPin No. Pin Name
TT-5014A High Power AmplifierTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-1144444.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier4.2.1 HPA Rear ReceptacleThe HPA has one connector:An ARINC 404, shell size 2, rear receptacle, used for connection to the antenna system and the SDU.Connector DrawingFunctionsThe Top Plug connects the following signals:• RF Tx signal to DLNA• RF Tx signal from SDUThe Bottom Plug connects the following signals:• +28 V DC Power (Aircraft Power Bus)• Chassis ground• ARINC 429 Tx and Rx connections for interfacing to ARINC 741 antennas• Remote ON/OFF (nON) from SDU• RS-422 data interface to SDUFigure 4-3: HPA Receptacle, Face View of Engaging End. Index Code is 08Index pin code 08Light areas are key holesTop plug (TP)Bottom plug (BP)HPA Rear Receptacle Mating Plug in Tray
TT-5014A High Power Amplifier4-12 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-DPin-out for HPA ReceptacleTable 4-5: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Bottom Plug)Top Pi n Pin NameTP1 RF Tx output to DLNATP2 RF Tx input from SDUTable 4-4: Pin-out for HPA Receptacle (Top Plug)Bottom Pin Pin NameBP A1 +28 V DC PowerBP A2 GND, Power ReturnBP1 ATE 1BP2 ATE 2BP3 ATE 3BP4 ATE 4BP5 SpareBP6 nONBP7 SpareBP8 A429 Tx ABP9 A429 Tx BBP10 A429 Tx ABP11 A429 Tx BBP12 SpareBP13 A429 Rx1 ABP14 A429 Rx1 BBP15 A429 Rx2 ABP16 A429 Rx2 BBP17 HPA Mute 1 ABP18 HPA Mute 1 BBP19 HPA Mute 2 ABP20 HPA Mute 2 BBP21 SpareBP22 SpareBP23 SpareBP24 SpareBP25 RS-422 Tx A, HPA Data/BITE Output A, from HPA to SDUBP26 RS-422 Tx B, HPA Data/BITE Output B, from HPA to SDUBP27 RS-422 Rx A, HPA Control Input A, from SDU to HPABP28 RS-422 Rx B, HPA Control Input B, from SDU to HPABP29 SpareBP30 ChassisBottom Pin Pin Name
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)TT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-1344444.3 TT-5038A HSU (Optional)4.3.1 Connectors on HSUThere are two connectors on the HSU:• Maintenance (front connector):Interface to PC for maintenance purposes. A 9 pin female Sub-D connector.• ARINC 404 (rear connector):Interfaces to Aircraft and SATCOM interconnections. An ARINC 404 Shell Size 2 Receptacle.4.3.2 HSU Front ConnectorConnector DrawingFunctionsThe front connector is a 9 pin Female Sub-D connector, and contains the following interfaces:• EIA/TIA-232-E port for #1 RS-232 PC interface• #2 I/F Disable InputFigure 4-4: HSU Front Connector. Face View of Engaging End.9 pinSUB-Dfemale6519
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)4-14 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-DPin-out for HSU Front Connector4.3.3 HSU Rear ReceptacleConnector DrawingPin no. Pin NameFP1 Not usedFP2 #1 RxD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)FP3 #1 TxD Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)FP4 #2 I/F Disable InputFP5 #1 GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)FP6 #1 +12 V DC (to pull up FP4)FP7 Not UsedFP8 Not Used FP9 Not used Table 4-6: Pin-out for HSU Front ConnectorFigure 4-5: HSU Rear Receptacle and Mating Plug in Tray, Engaging End.A3A4A1A24113 824 197518 1429 25Top Plug (TP) InsertBottom Plug, BlindIndex Pin Code 04Light areas are key holesView: Engaging EndA3 A4A1 A24113824197518142925HSU Rear Receptacle Mating Plug in Tray
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)TT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-154444FunctionsThe Top Plug of the HSU rear receptacle connects the following signals:Power & RF Interfaces:• +28 V DC and chassis ground• RF Tx signal to HPA• RF Rx signal from DLNAUser Interfaces:• MPDS, 10BaseT Ethernet• MPDS, EIA/TIA-232 with CTS/RTS Hardware Handshake• Euro ISDN S-bus connectionControl & Maintenance Interfaces:• EIA/TIA-232 PC interface (#2)• ARINC 429 High Speed HSU Control Interface• HSU Failure Discrete Output• 1 MPDS Service Available Output• 1 ISDN Service Available Output• HSU Disable Discrete Input• 2 ATE Discrete inputs
TT-5038A HSU (Optional)4-16 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-DPin-out for HSU Rear ReceptacleTable 4-7: Pin-out for HSU Rear ReceptaclePin FunctionTP A1 RF Rx input from DLNATP A2 RF Tx output to HPATP A3 10BaseT Rx output(Center: RxD+)TP A4 10BaseT Tx input(Center: TxD+)TP1 +28 V DC PowerTP2 GND, Power ReturnTP3 Chassis GroundTP4 Not UsedTP5 #2 GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP6 #2 TxD Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP7 #2 RxD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP8 HSU Disable, Discrete InputTP9 ATE #1, Discrete InputTP10 ATE #2, Discrete InputTP11 MPDS TxD Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP12 MPDS RxD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP13 MPDS RTS Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP14 MPDS CTS Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP15 MPDS DTR Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP16 MPDS DCD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP17 MPDS DSR Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP18 MPDS GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP19 Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-A)TP20 Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-B)TP21 Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-A)TP22 Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-B)TP23 ISDN Rx+ (c) inputTP24 ISDN Tx+ (d) outputTP25 ISDN Tx- (e) outputTP26 ISDN Rx- (f) inputTP27 HSU Failure, Discrete Output (Lamp Type) TP28 ISDN Service Available, Discrete Output (Lamp Type) TP29 MPDS Service Available, Discrete Output (Lamp Type) Pin Function
Cradle ConnectorsTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-1744444.4 Cradle Connectors4.4.1 Connectors on 4-Wire CradleThere are four connectors on the 4-wire cradle, two on the side of the cradle and two at the end:Figure 4-6: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of CradleFigure 4-7: 4-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle4-Wire Handset ConnectionSDU Connection2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem ConnectionHeadset Connection
Cradle Connectors4-18 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-D4.4.2 4-Wire Connector to SDUConnector DrawingFunctionsThe 15 pin Sub-D male connector on the “pigtail” at the end of the 4-wire cradle connects the following signals on the SDU:Handset interface (analog):• analog 4-wire interface (incl. +28 V DC Handset supply)Handset interface (digital):• RS-485 data interfaceVoice/Fax/Modem interface:• Voice/Fax/Modem/STU-III, analog 2-wire standard POTS interfaceORMaintenance handset interface:• Maintenance 4-wire handset connection to SDU front connectorFigure 4-8: 4-Wire Cradle Connector (DB15M). View: Solder Side19158View: Solder sideDB15 Male
Cradle ConnectorsTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-194444Pin-out for DB15 ConnectorThe 4-wire cradle connector for connection to the SDU has the following pin-out:Table 4-8: Pin-out for 15 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on “pigtail” in 4-Wire CradlePin Function12 wire Tip (Fax/PC_modem/Auxiliary)22 wire Ring (Fax/PC_modem/Auxiliary)3GND4+28VDC5 GND, Power Return6 SDU Audio in +7 SDU Audio in - 8 GND9 GND10 RS-485 Data A11 RS-485 Data B12 GND13 SDU Audio out +14 SDU Audio out -15 NCPin Function
Cradle Connectors4-20 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-D4.4.3 Connectors on 2-Wire CradleThere are three connectors on the 2-wire cradle, one at the side and two at the end:Figure 4-9: 2-Wire Cradle Connectors, End View of CradleFigure 4-10: 2-Wire Cradle Connectors, Side View of Cradle2-Wire Handset ConnectionSDU Connection2-Wire VoiceFax/Modem Connection
Cradle ConnectorsTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-2144444.4.4 2-Wire Connector to SDUConnector DrawingFunctionsThe 9 pin Sub-D male connector on the “pigtail” at the end of the 2-wire cradle connects the following signals on the SDU:• Voice/Fax/Modem/STU-III, analog 2-wire standard POTS interfacePin-out for Cradle ConnectorThe 2-wire cradle connector for connection to the SDU has the following pin-out:Figure 4-11: 2-Wire Cradle Connector (DB9M). View: Solder SideView: Solder sideDB9 Male1596Pin Function1 Auxiliary Tip2 Auxiliary Ring3Shield4NC5NC6NC7NC8NC9NCTable 4-9: Pin-out for 9 Pin Sub-D Male Connector on “pigtail” in 2-Wire Cradle.
Mating Connectors in Aircraft4-22 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-D4.5 Mating Connectors in AircraftConnection With SDUThe installation tray for the SDU is equipped with the following connector:Connector Mating Connector TypeFront Panel Connector 15 pin SUB-D maleRear I/O Connector ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug,with the following contact arrangements:Insert A (Top Plug): 33C4• 4 #16 pin socket contacts• 25 #20HD socket contacts• 3 #5 coax socket contacts• 1 #5 Quadrax socket contactInsert B (Bottom Plug): 106• 106 #22 pin contactsITT Cannon Part number DPX2NA-67322-463Internal connector for Configuration Module9-pin SUB-D maleTable 4-10: Mating Connectors in Aircraft for SDU
Mating Connectors in AircraftTT98-113625-D Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out 4-234444Connection With HPAThe installation tray for the HPA is equipped with the following connector:Connection With Optional HSUThe installation tray for the HSU is equipped with the following connector:Connector Mating Connector TypeRear I/O Connector ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug,with the following contact arrangements:Insert A (Top Plug): MC2• 2 #1 coax socket contacts for RG142B Insert B (Bottom Plug): 32C2• 2 #5 socket contacts for AWG 8-10• 30 #20 HD socket contacts for AWG 20-24Radiall part number 616 697 173Table 4-11: Mating Connector in Aircraft for HPAConnector Mating Connector TypeFront Panel Connector 9 pin SUB-D maleRear I/O Connector ARINC 404 shell size 2 plug with the following contact arrangements:Insert A (Top Plug): 33C4• 4 #16 socket contacts• 25 #20 socket contacts• 2 #5 coax socket contacts• 2 #5 Twinax socket contactsInsert B (Bottom Plug): Blind• Not usedECS part number DSXN2PS33C45X00500Table 4-12: Mating Connectors in Aircraft for HSU
Mating Connectors in Aircraft4-24 Chapter 4: Connectors and Pin-out TT98-113625-D
TT98-113625-D 5-1Chapter 55555Installation 55.1 General5.1.1 OverviewThis chapter contains considerations and recommendations for installation of the Aero-HSD+ System. Interconnect harness wiring and physical mounting must satisfy all applicable regulations.Note: Complete installation kits including wiring can be obtained through ECS (Electronic Cable Specialists, Inc.). For information, contactECS, USAPhone: +1 414.421.5300Email: sales@ecsdirect.comHomepage: www.ecsdirect.comThe Installation chapter is organized in the following sections:•Mounting Considerations on page 5-4.This section provides guidelines for the mechanical installation of the units in the Aero-HSD+ system.•Electrical Installation and Wiring on page 5-7.This section provides wiring drawings and guidelines for the electrical installation of the Aero-HSD+ system. It also lists the requirements to the cables.•Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU on page 5-63.This section provides wiring drawings and guidelines for the electrical installation of the Aero-HSD+ system with an HSU installed. It also lists the requirements to the cables.•Recommended Cables on page 5-81.This section provides lists of recommended cables and maximum cable lengths.The information, drawings and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only. The drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein do not represent any specific STC. It is the installer’s responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. This manual and the drawings and wiring diagrams contained herein may not be used as a substitute for an STC.Note: To ensure optimal performance from the Aero-HSD+ System, strict adherence to the installation considerations found in this section must be maintained.
General5-2 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.1.2 Minimum SystemA minimum working system has at least:• one TT-5035A SDU• one TT-5035A-001 CM• one TT-5014A HPA• one handset and cradle, e.g. a TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset and a TT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle.• one antenna system. As antenna system, use either the AMT-50 Antenna Subsystem or the HGA-7000 Antenna with a TT-5012A DLNA.The following drawing shows the minimum installation required in the Aero-HSD+ system.
GeneralTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-35555Minimum System DrawingNote: This drawing is an overview of which units to connect as a minimum. For specific information on wiring, refer to the appropriate section of Electrical Installation and Wiring on page 5-7 onwards.Note: This example includes an HGA-7000 Antenna with a TT-5012A DLNA, but the antenna system may as well be e.g. an AMT-50 subsystem.Note: Another type of 4-wire handset or a 2-wire handset may be connected instead of the Thrane & Thrane 4-wire handset.Figure 5-1: Minimum SystemTT-5014AHPABP A2 GND, Power Return28 V DCAircraftPower SupplyBP30 ChassisBP A1 +28 V DC PowerTT-5035ASDUTP2 GND, Power ReturnTP528 V DCAircraftPower SupplyTP3TP1 +28 VDC PowerChassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnRemote ON/OFF (nON)TP4TP3A BP94B BP95Hi TP12Lo TP13Hi TP10Lo TP11Full Feature Handset #1 RS-485 DataChassis Ground and Handset Power Return+28 VDC / 600mA Handset SupplyHandset #1 Audio Out / Cockpit Voice Audio OutHandset #1 Audio In / Cockpit Voice Audio InRF TxHPA nON BP6TP2BP27BP28BP25BP26HPA CONTROLBITE / STATUSTP19TP6TP1BP78BP79BP80BP81TP A2BP57NC129101134512131467815TT-5622ACRADLE129101134512131467815TT-5620AHANDSET#1Two-wire fax/modem TipRingRF TxTT-5012ADLNAX3 TXX1 RXX2 AntHGA-7000J2 IF2J1 IF1GNDTP A1TP A4Built-inBSUBP1 ICAO MSBBP2BP3BP4BP5BP6BP7BP8BP9BP10BP11BP12BP13BP14BP15BP16BP17BP18BP19BP20BP21BP22BP23BP24 ICAO LSBBP25 ICAO commonIRS/AHRS A429 A, BP26IRS/AHRS A429 B, BP27IRS/AHRSStrapped ICAO AddressRF Rx
Mounting Considerations5-4 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.2 Mounting Considerations5.2.1 OverviewFor optimum system performance, some guidelines on where to install or mount the different components of the Aero-HSD+ System must be followed. Mounting and placement details are included in this section.For information on requirements to cables, see the individual sections in Electrical Installation and Wiring on page 5-7 or Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU on page 5-63.For information on recommended cable types and lengths, see Recommended Cables on page 5-81.Note: When mounting the units, make sure that there is enough space to provide a sufficient bend radius for the cables. See the cable data sheet for minimum bend radius.5.2.2 SDUForced cooling is not recommended for the SDU.• Place the SDU in a temperature controlled area (e.g. avionics bay). • Place the SDU where the cooling air holes are not blocked. Note that cooling air holes in the SDU are placed outside the recommended area for ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short units.• Mount the SDU in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short standard tray. 5.2.3 HSUForced cooling is not recommended for the HSU.• Place the HSU in a temperature controlled area (e.g. avionics bay). • Place the HSU where the cooling air holes are not blocked. Note that cooling air holes in the HSU are placed outside the recommended area for ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short units.• Mount the HSU in an ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short standard tray.
Mounting ConsiderationsTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-555555.2.4 Rx Power SplitterIf the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface, mount it on a 3 mm mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors.5.2.5 HPAThe HPA can be installed in a non-temperature controlled area. The HPA is designed with built-in forced cooling (fans). Internal temperature monitoring prevents damage caused by overheating.Important! Respect the minimum clearance of 25 mm from top and bottom.• Mount the HPA vertically on a panel to ensure maximum cooling. Mount the HPA in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray with oval cut-out as shown in Figure 3-12: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.• Install the HPA as close to the DLNA as possible. The cable between the HPA and the DLNA must be a special low-loss coax cable. See Wiring Antenna Systems on page 5-14 and the wiring drawings Figure 5-5: Wiring HGA-7000 Antenna and TT-5012A DLNA and Figure 5-6: Wiring AMT-50 Subsystem.5.2.6 DLNAThe DLNA can be installed in a non-temperature controlled area. The DLNA can be mounted in an upright position. • Install the DLNA as close to the antenna as possible. • Place the DLNA with sufficient contact to the surface, respecting the max. resistance of 3 mΩ. The DLNA can be mounted on a shelf or directly on the fuselage. Important! If the DLNA is mounted directly on fuselage, mount with Cadmium plated washers between the DLNA and fuselage.The coax cable between the DLNA and the antenna must be a low-loss coax cable. See Wiring Antenna Systems on page 5-14 for requirements to the cable.Figure 5-2: Mounting the Rx Power Splitter
Mounting Considerations5-6 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.2.7 AntennaGeneral Mounting ConsiderationsRefer to the antenna manual for details on mounting the antenna. Make sure all requirements in the antenna mounting instructions are met. Place the antenna with unobstructed view to the satellite.WARNING! Respect a safety distance of minimum 6.6 feet (2 metres) of the antenna when the system is transmitting, unless the antenna manual or the specific system configuration presents different requirements.Note: The antenna installation must be in accordance with the aircraft manufacturers requirements and/or FAA AC 43.13 - 1B/2A and approved by the appropriate Civil Aviation Authorities.Satcom filter If the GPS antenna for the existing GPS receiver on board the aircraft does not provide sufficient filtering it may be necessary to install a Satcom filter for the GPS antenna.Cables to the antennasBe aware that the shorter the cable is, the better the system performance is.Do not bend the cables to a radius smaller than the minimum bend radius stated for the cables.For further information on cables, see Wiring Antenna Systems on page 5-14, Wiring Antenna Systems With HSU Installed on page 5-65 and Recommended Cables on page 5-81
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-755555.3 Electrical Installation and Wiring5.3.1 Wiring SymbolsThroughout the wiring section these common symbols are used: CoaxShieldGroundTwistedTwisted and shielded
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-8 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.2 Wiring Power SupplyImportant! Do not use the same 20 A circuit breaker for both the SDU and the HPA. Use separate circuit breakers as described in this section, and with the current rating stated here.Wiring of Satellite Data UnitThe Aircraft Power Bus provides the electric power required to operate the SDU, and a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray. The +28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the required current continuously under the required environmental conditions.The following drawing shows the wiring of the SDU power supply.Requirements to the wiring are stated in the notes on the drawing and in the section Cable Requirements, SDU Power Supply on page 5-10. Figure 5-3: Wiring SDU Power SupplyTT-5035ASDU[2] TP2 GND, Power ReturnTP528VDCAircraft Power Bus[1] Total resistance max. 200 mΩ incl. Circuit Breaker.[2] Total resistance max. 25 mΩ .[3] Directly to Aircraft chassis, max. 1 m cable length to prevent EMC problems and max. 25 mΩ resistance[4] Recommended circuit breaker: Klixon 2TC series, 4 A current rating[5] If SATCOM On/Off switch is required, TP5 is routed to an external switch to groundTP3TP1 +28 VDC PowerChassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnRemote ON/OFF (nON)[4]4A[5]20AWG[1][3]
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-95555The following list shows the pins used for the SDU power supply.+28 V DC Power (TP1)It is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable Requirements, SDU Power Supply on page 5-10.Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is used.Required current capability for the Circuit Breaker: 48 W @ 17.3 V DC which equals 2.8 A DC at the required environmental conditions.A suitable circuit breaker would be Klixon 2TC series with 4 A current rating.Important! Do not use the HPA 20 A circuit breaker for both the HPA and the SDU. Chassis Ground / Handset Power Return (TP3)The Chassis connection makes sure that the HPA cabinet and the installation tray has the same potential, and that there is a connection from the wiring shields to the cabinet for EMC purposes.Connect the wire directly to the installation tray, and to aircraft chassis.TP3 also connects to the Handset Power Return.Remote On/Off (nON) input (TP5)The nON input is used to turn the SDU and the power supply to the handsets on and off. Connection of this input to ground turns on the SDU and all other units in the SATCOM system (Handsets, DLNA, HPA and HGA-7000 Antenna). However, ARINC 741 Antennas and DLNAs are not turned off when the SDU is turned off.The electrical specifications are defined like the discrete WOW input type. Please refer to Discrete type and description: on page 5-57.SDU pin Name DescriptionTP1 +28 V DC Power +28 V DC Power input from Aircraft power bus.TP2 GND, Power Return Aircraft Ground connectionTP3 Chassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnChassis connection, connected to installation tray and Aircraft chassis.Also used for handset power return. TP5 Remote ON/OFF (nON) Power On/Off for the SDU and handsets.Table 5-1: Pins for SDU Power Supply
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-10 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DCable Requirements, SDU Power SupplyNote: Maximum cable lengths are calculated and listed in the section Power Cables, Allowed Cable Lengths on page 5-81.Cableaa. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Wiring of Satellite Data Unit on page 5-8.Max. Resistance Other Requirements[1](+28 V DC)200 mΩ,incl. circuit breaker[2](GND, Power Return)25 mΩThe cable should be as short as possible.[3](Chassis Ground)25 mΩConnect directly to aircraft chassis.Table 5-2: Requirements to SDU Power Cables
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-115555Wiring of High Power AmplifierThe Aircraft power bus provides the electric power required to operate the HPA, and a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray. The +28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the required current continuously under the required environmental conditions.The following drawing shows the wiring of the HPA power supply.Requirements to the wiring are stated in the notes on the drawing and in the section Cable Requirements, HPA Power Supply on page 5-13.Figure 5-4: Wiring HPA Power SupplyTT-5014AHPA[2] BP A2 GND, Power Return28 V DCAircraft Power Bus[1] Total resistance max. 100 mΩ incl. Circuit Breaker.[2] Total resistance max. 25 mΩ.[3] Directly to Aircraft chassis, max. 0.6 m cable length (AWG 20) to prevent EMC problems and max. resistance 25 mΩ.[4] Recommended circuit breaker: Klixon 2TC series, 20 A current rating.[5] Must be shielded to prevent EMC problems.BP30 ChassisBP A1 +28 V DC PowerBP6 nON[4]20A[1][3]TT-5035ASDUBP57 [5]
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-12 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DThe following list shows the pins used for the HPA power supply.This section describes the installation requirements for HPA power supply interface. The connection from the HPA to the Aircraft power bus normally goes through the tray connector. The connector also supports other signals. For information on pin-out, please refer to TT-5014A High Power Amplifier on page 4-11.+28 V DC PowerIt is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable Requirements, HPA Power Supply on page 5-13. Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is used.Required current capability for the Circuit Breaker: 235 W @ 15.7 V DC, which equals 15 A DC, at the required environmental conditions.A suitable circuit breaker would be Klixon 2TC series with 20 A current rating.Chassis (BP30)The Chassis connection makes sure that the HPA cabinet and the installation tray has the same potential, and that there is a connection from the wiring shields to cabinet for EMC purposes.Connect the wire directly to the installation tray, and to aircraft chassis.nON (BP6)The nON input is used by the SDU (BP57) to turn the HPA on and off. The SDU connects this input to ground to turn on the HPA.HPA pin Name DescriptionBP A1 +28 V DC Power +28 V DC Power input from Aircraft power bus.BP A2 GND, Power Return Aircraft ground connection.BP30 Chassis Chassis connection, connected to installation tray and Aircraft chassis.BP6 nON HPA power on/off controlled by the SDU.Table 5-3: Pins for HPA Power SupplySDU pin Name DescriptionBP57 HPA remote nON/OFF output Power On/Off control for the HPA.Table 5-4: Pin for Remote HPA Power on/off by SDU
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-135555Cable Requirements, HPA Power SupplyNote: Maximum cable lengths are calculated and listed in the section Power Cables, Allowed Cable Lengths on page 5-81.Cableaa. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Wiring of High Power Amplifier on page 5-11.Max. Resistance Other Requirements[1](+28 V DC Power)100 mΩ,incl. circuit breaker[2](GND, Power Return)25 mΩ[3](Chassis)25 mΩConnect directly to aircraft chassis.[5](nON)- Must be shielded to avoid EMC problems.Table 5-5: Requirements to HPA Power Cables
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-14 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.3 Wiring Antenna SystemsCable LossesDuring installation, it is important that you write down the cable losses of the RF cables. For this purpose, you may use the last part of the check sheet in Pre-Installation Check on page 7-2.The cable losses must be registered in the HSD+CP during configuration of the system. For further information, see Basic Configuration on page 6-6 or the online help in the HSD+CP.
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-155555Wiring of HGA-7000 AntennaThe following drawing shows the wiring for an Aero-HSD+ system using an HGA-7000 antenna.Note: For information on wiring an HGA-7000 Antenna when the TT-5038A HSU is installed, see HGA-7000 Antenna with HSU on page 5-65.Requirements to the cables are stated on the drawing and in the section Cable Requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna on page 5-17.Important! Remember to write down the cable losses. See Cable Losses on page 5-14.Figure 5-5: Wiring HGA-7000 Antenna and TT-5012A DLNATT-5035ASDUBP78BP79BP80BP81TP A2HPA nONBP57 BP6TP2BP27BP28BP25BP26TP A1TT-5014AHPA[1] Coax, loss from cable W6 max. 12 dB[2] Coax, loss from cable W5 max. 15 dB[3] Coax, total loss from cable W3 and cable W4 max. 1.8 dB[4] Coax, loss from cable W3 max. 0.3 dB[5] Coax, loss from cable W7 max. 17 dB[6] 16 AWG, max. 1 ft long, max. resistance 3 mΩHPA CONTROLDATA / BITETP1TT-5012ADLNAX3 TXX1 RXX2 AntHGA-7000TP A4[3], [4]W5W3W6J2 IF2J1 IF1Built-inBSUW7[2][5][1]GND[6]W4[3]
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-16 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DThe following list shows the pins in the Aero-HSD+ system used for connecting the HGA-7000 antenna.SDU pin Name/DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from TT-5012A DLNA/12V DC power to DLNA (Coax)TP A2 RF Tx output to HPA (Coax)TP A4 Antenna Modem Interface (Coax)BP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-6: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 AntennaHPA pin Name/DescriptionTP1 RF output to TT-5012A DLNA (Coax)TP2 RF input from SDU (Coax)BP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-7: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-175555Cable Requirements, HGA-7000 AntennaThe following list shows the cable requirements to the RF cables in the Aero-HSD+ system when using an HGA-7000 antenna.Cableaa. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Wiring of HGA-7000 Antenna on page 5-15.Note: For recommended cable types, see Recommended RF Cables on page 5-84.TypeMin. Cable Loss @1.6 GHzMax. Cable Loss @1.6 GHzOther RequirementsW3(DLNA-Antenna)Coax 0 dB 0.3 dBW4(HPA-DLNA)Coax 0 dB 1.8 dB - W3W3 and W4 Coax 0 dB Total: 1.8 dBW5(TT-5012A DLNA to SDU)Coax 0 dB 15 dBW6(RF Tx output from SDU to HPA)Coax 0 dB 12 dBW7(Antenna modem interface)Coax 0 dB 17 dBGND on DLNA - - - Resistance: Max. 3 mΩTable 5-8: Requirements to RF Cables, HGA-7000 Antenna
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-18 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DWiring ARINC 741 Antenna SystemsThe following drawing shows the wiring for an Aero-HSD+ system using the AMT-50 antenna subsystem.Note: For information on wiring an AMT-50 subsystem when the TT-5038A HSU is installed, see AMT-50 Subsystem With HSU on page 5-69.Requirements to the cables are stated on the drawing and in the section RF Cable Requirements, AMT-50 Subsystem on page 5-20.Important! Remember to write down the cable losses. See Cable Losses on page 5-14.Figure 5-6: Wiring AMT-50 SubsystemTT-5035ASDUBP78BP79BP80BP81TP A2HPA nONBP57 BP6TP2BP27BP28BP25BP26TP A1TT-5014AHPAHPA CONTROLDATA / BITEBP8BP9BP13BP14AMT-50ACUA B G HTP1AMT-50DLNAJ3J2J1AMT-50 Subsystem[1] Coax, loss from cable W6 max. 12 dB[2] Coax, loss from cable W5 min. 6 dB and max. 29 dB[3] Coax, total loss from cable W3 and cable W4 max. 1.8 dB[4] Coax, loss from cable W3 max. 0.3 dBW5W6W4AMT-50Ant.W3[1][2][3][3] [4]A429 Tx (HS)A429 Rx (LS)
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-195555The following list shows the pins in the Aero-HSD+ system used for connecting the AMT-50 Subsystem.SDU pin Name/DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from ARINC 741 DLNA (Coax)TP A2 RF Tx output to HPA (Coax)BP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-9: SDU Pins for AMT-50 SubsystemHPA pin Name/DescriptionTP1 RF output to ARINC 741 DLNA (Coax)TP2 RF input from SDU (Coax)BP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP8 A429 Tx A output to AMT-50 ACUBP9 A429 Tx B output to AMT-50 ACUBP13 A429 Rx1 A input from AMT-50 ACUBP14 A429 Rx1 B input from AMT-50 ACUBP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-10: HPA Pins for AMT-50 Subsystem
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-20 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DRF Cable Requirements, AMT-50 SubsystemThe following list shows the cable requirements to the RF cables in the Aero-HSD+ system when using an AMT-50 antenna subsystem.Note: For recommended cable types, see Recommended RF Cables on page 5-84.Cable Requirements, ARINC 429The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use.For recommended cable types, see Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 on page 5-84.Cableaa. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Wiring ARINC 741 Antenna Systems on page 5-18.Type Min. Cable Loss @1.6 GHzMax. Cable Loss@1.6 GHzW3(DLNA-Antenna)Coax 0 dB 0.3 dBW4(HPA-DLNA)Coax 0 dB 1.8 dB - W3W3 and W4 Coax 0 dB Total: 1.8 dBW5(ARINC 741 DLNAto SDU)Coax 6 dB 29 dBW6(RF Tx output from SDU to HPA)Coax 0 dB 12 dBTable 5-11: Requirements to RF Cables, AMT-50 Subsystem
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-215555Wiring ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use)The following drawing shows the wiring of an ARINC 741 dual side panel antenna system.Figure 5-7: Wiring ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna SystemTT-5014AHPAA429 Rx2 A, BP15A429 Rx2 B, BP16A429 Tx A, BP10A429 Tx B, BP11HPA Mute 2 A, BP19HPA Mute 2 B, BP20BSU(STBO)A429 Rx1 A, BP13A429 Rx1 B, BP14A429 Tx A, BP8A429 Tx B, BP9HPA Mute 1 A, BP17HPA Mute 1 B, BP18BSU(Port)WXTUGHWXTUGHDLNA(Port)AntHPRTx RxDLNA(STBO)AntTx RxRF Tx output, TP1HGA(Port)HGA(STBO)TT-5035ASDUTPA1Aero-HSD+ SystemBP27BP28BP25BP26HPA nONBP6 BP57BP78BP79BP80BP81HPA CONTROLData/BITETP A2TP2 RF TxRF RxCombinerARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System[1] Coax, loss from cable W6: max. 12 dB[2] Coax, total loss from each of the DLNAs to the SDU, including loss inthe Combiner: min. 6 dB and max. 29 dB[3] Coax, total loss from HPA to each of the DLNAs, including loss in theHPR: max. 1.5 dB, assuming that the total loss from DLNA to antenna is0.3 dB.W6[1][2][2][2][3] [3][3]
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-22 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DImportant! Remember to write down the cable losses. See Cable Losses on page 5-14.The following list shows the pins in the Aero-HSD+ system used for connecting a Dual Side Panel antenna system.HPA pin Name/DescriptionTP1 RF Tx output to HPR (Coax)TP2 RF Tx input from SDU (Coax)BP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP8 A429 Tx A output to BSU (Port)BP9 A429 Tx B output to BSU (Port)BP10 A429 Tx A output to BSU (STBO)BP11 A429 Tx B output to BSU (STBO)BP13 A429 Rx1 A input from BSU (Port)BP14 A429 Rx1 B input from BSU (Port)BP15 A429 Rx2 A input from BSU (STBO)BP16 A429 Rx2 B input from BSU (STBO)BP17 HPA Mute 1 A input from BSU (Port)BP18 HPA Mute 1 B input from BSU (Port)BP19 HPA Mute 2 A input from BSU (STBO)BP20 HPA Mute 2 B input from BSU (STBO)BP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-12: HPA Pins for Dual Side Panel Antenna System
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-235555RF Cable Requirements, ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna SystemThe following list shows the cable requirements to the RF cables in the Aero-HSD+ system when using an ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System.Note: For recommended cable types, see Recommended RF Cables on page 5-84.SDU pin Name/DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from Combiner (Coax)TP A2 RF Tx output to HPA (Coax)BP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-13: SDU Pins for Dual Side Panel Antenna SystemCableaa. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Wiring ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System (Future Use) on page 5-21.Type Min. Cable Loss @1.6 GHzMax. Cable Loss@1.6 GHzRF Rx input from each DLNA to SDU, incl. loss in CombinerCoax 6 dB 29 dBRF Tx output from HPA to DLNA, incl. loss in HPRCoax 0 dB 1.5 dB, assuming that the loss from DLNA to antenna is 0.3 dB.W6(RF Tx output from SDU to HPA)Coax 0 dB 12 dBTable 5-14: Requirements to RF Cables, ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel Antenna System
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-24 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.4 Wiring ARINC 429 InterfacesAHRS/IRSThe SDU has two high or low speed ARINC 429 input interfaces for IRS #1 and IRS #2. These inputs can also be used as Attitude and Heading Reference System inputs (AHRS). Important! ARINC specifies that when installing AHRS, a switch must be installed, in order to be able to switch to Direct Gyro Mode when the aircraft is on ground.This is done to avoid magnetic interference, which can influence the AHRS heading.The following drawing shows the wiring of AHRS/IRS. Requirements to the cables are stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.The following list shows the pins used for AHRS or IRS:Figure 5-8: Wiring AHRS/IRSSDU Pin Name/DescriptionBP26 Data from primary IRS 429 A /Data from primary AHRS 429 ABP27 Data from primary IRS 429 B /Data from primary AHRS 429 BBP28 Data from secondary IRS 429 A /Data from secondary AHRS 429 ABP29 Data from secondary IRS 429 B /Data from secondary AHRS 429 BTable 5-15: SDU Pins for IRS and AHARSAHRS / IRS#2ARINC 429 RXAHRS / IRS#1ARINC 429 RXTT-5035ASDUBP26BP27BP28BP29
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-255555When the system is configured with the HSD+ Configuration Program, the Configuration Module will contain the information of:• IRS or AHRS is installed.• IRS/AHRS # 1 or #2 or both are installed.Note: If #1 and #2 are both installed, they must be of the same type (IRS or AHRS).• ARINC 429 Speed (High or Low).If IRS is used, the Antenna positioning data and Doppler correction are computed from the IRS data alone, but if AHRS is used, the GPS must provide the SDU with 3D ECEF position and speed. Note: AHRS can only be used with the HGA-7000 antenna, which contains a built-in GPS antenna. ARINC Data Format for IRSThe required ARINC data format for IRS is listed in the following table:Label (octal) Name Minimum Update rate310 Latitude 1 Hz311 Longitude 1 Hz312 Ground speed 1 Hz313 Track angle 1 Hz314 True heading 10 Hz324 Pitch angle 10 Hz325 Roll angle 10 Hz336 Pitch rate 10 Hz337 Roll rate 10 Hz361 Altitude 1 HzTable 5-16: ARINC Data Format for IRS
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-26 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DARINC Data Format for AHRSThe required ARINC data format for AHRS is listed in the following table:ACARS/CMUThe SDU has ARINC 429 interfaces for 2 high or low speed (HS/LS) ACARS/CMU including one output port and 2 input ports.The following drawing shows the wiring of ACARS/CMU. Requirements to the cables are stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.Label (octal) Name Minimum Update rate320 Magnetic heading 10 Hz324 Pitch angle 10 Hz325 Roll angle 10 Hz336 Pitch rate 10 Hz337 Roll rate 10 HzTable 5-17: ARINC Data Format for AHRSFigure 5-9: Wiring ACARS/CMUACARS / CMU#1HS/LS ARINC 429 TXHS/LS ARINC 429 RXACARS / CMU#2HS/LS ARINC 429 RXTT-5035ASDUBP44BP45BP40BP41BP42BP43
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-275555The following list shows the pins used for an Airborne Communications Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS) or a Communications Management Unit (CMU):The data speed can be configured to high or low (HS/LS), defined by the Configuration Module. CPDF (Future Use)The SDU has interfaces prepared for two future Cabin Packet Data Functions.The interfaces for CPDF #1 and #2 are high or low speed ARINC 429 input and output.The two ports are connected to separate serial ports.The following drawing shows the wiring of CPDF. Requirements to the cables are stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.Note: CPDF #1 will not be available when the TT-5038A HSU is installed.SDU Pin Name/DescriptionBP40 Data bus from ACARS/CMU #1 429 ABP41 Data bus from ACARS/CMU #1 429 BBP42 Data bus to ACARS/CMU #1 & #2 429 ABP43 Data bus to ACARS/CMU #1 & #2 429 BBP44 Data bus from ACARS/CMU #2 429 ABP45 Data bus from ACARS/CMU #2 429 BTable 5-18: SDU Pins for CMU Figure 5-10: Wiring CPDFCPDF #1ARINC 429 RXARINC 429 TXCPDF #2ARINC 429 RXARINC 429 TXTT-5035ASDUBP34BP35BP32BP33BP38BP39BP36BP37
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-28 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DMCDU/FMS (Future Use)The SDU has interfaces prepared for two future high or low speed ARINC 429 interfaces for communication with MCDU/FMS #1 and MCDU/FMS #2. One common output and two inputs. The following drawing shows the wiring of MCDU/FMS. Requirements to the cables are stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.The Configuration Module contains information if the FMS is installed, and which data rate is used (high or low). MCDU/FMS input #2 may also, in the future, be configured to AES ID input (ARINC 429 ICAO Address). However, this is not yet implemented.Cable Requirements, ARINC 429The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use.For recommended cable types, see Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 on page 5-84.Figure 5-11: Wiring MCDU/FMSTT-5035ASDUMCDU/FMS #1HS/LS ARINC 429 RX MCDU/FMS #2 /AES IDHS/LS ARINC 429 RX BP30BP31BP46BP47BP48BP49HS/LS ARINC 429 TX
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-2955555.3.5 Wiring ICAO AddressStrapped ICAO AddressA unique aircraft identification code (ICAO address) must be assigned at installation. The national authority of aeronautical identification coordinates assignment of the code.The ICAO address must be defined in the Configuration Module, using the Aero-HSD+ Configuration Program.The SDU obtains the ICAO address from the 24 bit discrete address (must be hardware strapped using the 24 discrete inputs on the SDU).The strapped ICAO address is compared to the ICAO address in the Configuration Module. If they do not match, the Aero-HSD+ system suspends all RF communication.Other Sources for the ICAO Address (future use)In the future, the SDU will be able to obtain the ICAO address from various sources.• the CMUs• the AES_ID from the ARINC bus• the 24 bit discrete address (hardware strapped) The SDU will search for the ICAO address to ensure it is operating in the right aircraft. When the SDU tries to retrieve the ICAO address, it will first check the CMUs, then the AES_ID from the ARINC bus, and last the hardware strapped ICAO address.The found ICAO address is then compared to the ICAO address in the Configuration Module. If they do not match, the Aero-HSD+ system will suspend all RF communication.
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-30 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DWiring ICAO AddressThe following drawing shows the wiring of the 24 bit discrete ICAO address and the AES ID (future use). Requirements to the AES ID ARINC 429 cable are stated in the section Cable Requirements, ARINC 429 on page 5-28.Wiring 24 bit Discrete ICAO AddressThe SDU has 24 discrete inputs used to encode the 24-bit ICAO address, in which the SDU is installed. Each ICAO address consists of eight digits, and each digit value is determined by strapping 3 bits (octal).Note: The HSD+ Configuration Program shows which pins to connect if you type in the wanted ICAO address in the Config Module field in the Identification window.Figure 5-12: Wiring ICAOTT-5035ASDU24 bit ICAOaddressdiscreteICAO ADDRESS BIT #1 (MSB)ICAO ADDRESS BIT #24 (LSB)ICAO ADDRESS COMMONBP1BP24BP25 AES ID/FMSHS/LS ARINC 429 RX BP30BP31Figure 5-13: Example of Wiring the Fictional ICAO Address 0123456700000101001110010111011101}}}BIN DEC2}}}}}34567
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-315555Do as follows to strap the ICAO address:1. Leave pins assigned to the binary “one” state open (internal pull up). Binary “one” (open circuit) is ≥100 kΩ.2. Strap pins assigned to the binary “zero” state to BP25 (ICAO Address Common) on the airframe side of the connector. Binary “zero” (strapped to BP25) is ≤10 Ω.3. Enter the ICAO address in the HSD+ Configuration Program. If the aircraft uses a US N-type registration number, the HSD+ Configuration Program can calculate the ICAO address from this number. Use the US N-Type Calculator button in the Identification window of the HSD+CP.When the system is powered, the SDU reads the strapped ICAO address from the SDU rack connector and compares it to the ICAO address entered in the Configuration Module. If the SDU does not detect or recognize the strapped ICAO address, the Aero-HSD+ system will suspend all RF transmission until the error is corrected.
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-32 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.6 Wiring MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDNThe SDU supports 56/64 kbit/s data rate and G4 fax on the High Speed Channel connection. The interface can address up to 8 ISDN Phones. Note that the satellite channel only supports one B channel and one Inmarsat signalling channel.Note: For information on wiring a TT-5038A HSU to MPDS and ISDN, see Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232 , MPDS Ethernet and ISDN on page 5-73.The following drawing shows the wiring of the SDU to MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDN. Requirements to the cables are stated in the sections Cable Requirements, MPDS RS-422 on page 5-33, Cable Requirements, ISDN on page 5-35 and Cable Requirements, MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT on page 5-34.Figure 5-14: Wiring MPDS RS-422, MPDS Ethernet and ISDNMPDS(DTE)ISDN(TE)RJ45 Female ConnectorISDN TxP output, BP67ISDN TxN output, BP68ISDN RxP input, BP66ISDN RxN input, BP69MPDSEthernet 10BaseT(DTE)RJ45 Female Connector MPDS DTR B input, BP102MPDS DTR A input, BP103MPDS DCD B output, BP104MPDS DCD A output, BP105RS-422MPDS TXD-B input, BP58MPDS TXD-A Input, BP59 MPDS RXD-B output, BP60 MPDS RXD-A output, BP61 MPDS RTS-B input, BP62 MPDS RTS-A input, BP63 MPDS CTS-B output, BP64 MPDS CTS-A output, BP65TT-5035ASDU10BaseT Ethernet input, TPA3.110BaseT Ethernet input, TPA3.310BaseT Ethernet output, TPA3.210BaseT Ethernet output, TPA3.41 TxD+ output2 TxD- output3 RxD+ input6 RxD- inputTxD-B outputTxD-A outputRxD-B inputRxD-A inputGNDRTS-B outputRTS-A outputCTS-B inputCTS-A inputDTR-B outputDTR-A outputDSR-B inputDSR-A inputDCD-B inputDCD-A input3 Rx+ input6 Rx- input4 Tx+ output5 Tx- outputDCENT1DCE/Hub
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-335555MPDS RS-422 PinsRS-422 115.2 kbit/s Asynchronous RFC 1549 HDLC (www.ietf.org)Configuration: DCE with hardware flow control (RTS and CTS as RS-422 signals).The SDU supports an effective data rate of 64 kbit/s on the MPDS connection.Cable Requirements, MPDS RS-422The cable for the MPDS RS-422 interface must be a 100 Ω twisted and shielded cable.SDU pin Name DescriptionBP58 MPDS TxD B Input A RS-422 115.2 kbit/sBP59 MPDS TxD A Input B RS-422 115.2 kbit/sBP60 MPDS RxD B Output A RS-422 115.2 kbit/sBP61 MPDS RxD A Output B RS-422 115.2 kbit/sBP62 MPDS RTS B Input A RS-422 DCE hardware flow controlBP63 MPDS RTS A Input B RS-422 DCE hardware flow controlBP64 MPDS CTS B Output A RS-422 DCE hardware flow controlBP65 MPDS CTS A Output B RS-422 DCE hardware flow controlBP102 MPDS DTR B Input A RS-422 DCE hardware flow controlBP103 MPDS DTR A Input B RS-422 DCE hardware flow controlBP104 MPDS DCD B Output A RS-422 DCE hardware flow controlBP105 MPDS DCD A Output B RS-422 DCE hardware flow controlTable 5-19: SDU Pins for MPDS RS-422
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-34 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DMPDS Ethernet 10BaseT PinsThe SDU Rear Connector Top Plug (TP) has a Quadrax connector insert in TP A3, used for MPDS over Ethernet.Important! Make sure the coding pin is inserted properly when you plug in the Quadrax connector. It is possible to accidentally misplace the coding pin, which could damage the connector or the SDU.Refer to Figure 3-14: Contact Assembly: Quadrax Pin size 5 special: ITT Cannon 244-0011-001 for information on assembly of the Quadrax connector.The 10 Mbit/s Ethernet interface physical layer conforms to [1] (IEEE standard 802.3, Chapter 14: “Twisted Pair medium attachment unit”), except for the connector type. To be compliant with [1], an RJ45 female connector must be used for the user interface. The connector pin assignment must be according to [1] and [2] as shown in Figure 5-15: MPDS Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to SDU. The SDU is defined as a DCE or a Hub i.e. TxD is input and RxD is output. Cable Requirements, MPDS Ethernet 10BaseTThe cable for the MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT interface must be a 100 Ω 4-wire twisted and shielded cable.Recommended cable types are listed in Cables for MPDS Ethernet on SDU (Quadrax Connector) on page 5-85.SDU pin Name Description RJ45 PIN (F) NameTP A3.1 Tx+ Input 1 TxD+TP A3.2 Rx+ Output 3 RxD+TP A3.3 Tx- Input 2 TxD-TP A3.4 Rx- Output 6 RxD-Table 5-20: SDU Pins for MPDS 10BaseT Ethernet Figure 5-15: MPDS Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to SDU.RJ45female12345678TxD+ TX+ inputn.c.TxD- TX- inputRxD+ RX+ outputn.c.RxD- RX- outputn.c.n.c.SDU pin TP A3to DTE100Ω Quadrax twistedand shielded pairsSDU (DCE/Hub)123456783241ShieldView: Cable insert
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-355555ISDN PinsThe Euro ISDN S-bus interface on the SDU is configured as the network side of the NT1 interface i.e. Rx is an input and Tx is an output. Please note that this configuration of input and output differs from the configuration of the 10BaseT Ethernet, RS-422 MPDS and RS-232 PC interface input/output.An RJ-45 Female Connector must be connected to the four wire ISDN lines from the SDU in order to be compliant with [2] (ISO8877 ISO/IEC 8877) and the ISDN connector specification defined by [5] (ITU-T Recommendation I.420). The SDU includes an internal 100 Ω termination resistor to support cable lengths longer than 3 meters.The Euro ISDN S-bus interface can power supply 4 ISDN phones but supports 8 phones (where 4 of them must have their own power supply). At power hold-up, only power for one phone is available i.e. if more than one phone is connected, the SDU may reset if an incoming call is received, or if more than one phone is off-hook, during a power hold-up session. Cable Requirements, ISDNThe cable for the ISDN interface must be a 100 Ω 4-wire shielded cable. The conductors must be twisted in pairs.SDU pin Name Description RJ45 PIN (F) NameBP67 ISDN TxP Output 3 Rx+BP68 ISDN TxN Output 6 Rx-BP66 ISDN RxP Input 4 Tx+BP69 ISDN RxN Input 5 Tx-Table 5-21: SDU Pins for ISDNFigure 5-16: ISDN RJ45 Connector12345678ISDN Rx+ InputISDN Tx+ OutputISDN Tx- OutputISDN Rx- Inputn.c.n.c.n.c.n.c.RJ45 (Female Connector)RJ45female12345678
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-36 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.7 Wiring Telephone SystemsBuilt-In Private Branch Exchange (PBX) The built-in PBX controls four 4-wire audio interfaces, two 2-wire POTS interfaces and one ISDN interface. 4-Wire AudioThe 4-wire interfaces can be connected and configured to the 4-wire systems listed below:• TT-5020A/TT-5022A Handset/cradle system• Up to two MagnaStar AIU (Analog Interface Units)• Up to three 2.4 GHz Wireless handset base stations with WH-10 Satcom interface• Up to three WH-10 handsets• Up to two Cockpit Voice Interfaces (for future use)The four 4-wire handset interfaces are numbered handset interface #1 to #4. • Handset interface #1 and #2 may interface to all systems mentioned above.• Handset interface #3 may interface to all systems mentioned above except Cockpit Voice.• Handset interface #4 may only interface to TT-5020A/TT-5022A Handset/cradle system.The TT-5020A/TT-5022A Handset/cradle system is also used for configuration of the handsets, phone book etc., and as a BITE and Satcom Status display. In order to take advantage of these features, the SDU must be connected to at least one TT-5020A/TT-5022A Handset/cradle system (typically handset #4).
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-3755552-wire POTSThe 2-wire interfaces may be connected and configured to the 2-wire systems listed below:• TT-5021B / TT-5022B Cradle/Handset• 2.4 GHz Wireless Phone with POTS interface• Sigma7 phone with POTS interface• FAX or Modem data with POTS interfaceThe maximum number of phones on each 2-wire POTS interface is: Two TT-5021B / TT-5022B Cradle/Handsets or two Sigma7 phones, but only one at the time should be active (off-hook) in order to avoid echo problems.ISDNThe ISDN interface may be used with an ISDN phone and/or an ISDN data modem. Only the ISDN phone is routed through the PBX, while the ISDN data modem is routed directly to the RF High Speed Data channel. A maximum of 8 ISDN units (ISDN phones, ISDN fax or ISDN data modem) may be connected to the ISDN interface, but only one unit may be active at the time.
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-38 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DConfiguration of Handset InterfacesThe following drawing shows the possible combinations of devices connected to the handset interfaces.Figure 5-17: Handset Interfaces, Possible Combinations of Connected Devices.[1]: Maximum two MagnaStar AIUs may be installed. The preferredinstallation of AIU #1 is to the four-wire Handset #1 interface, but AIU #1may alternatively be connected to the four-wire Handset #3 interfaceinstead.[2]: A Maximum of 8 ISDN units may be installed, and a maximum of twoISDN units may be active (off hook) at the time. ISDN phones may berouted to any four-wire, two-wire or RF channel, but ISDN modem data isonly routed to the High Speed RF channel.TT-5035A SDU,Private Branch Exchange (PBX)4-wire audioControl signalsTT-5020A / TT-5022A Handset System orMagnastar[1] AIU #1 or2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / WH-10 orCockpit Voice AMS #1 (future application)Four-wire Handset interface #14-wire audioControl signalsTT-5020A / TT-5022A Handset System orMagnastar[1] AIU #2 or2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / WH-10 orCockpit Voice AMS #2 (future application)Four-wire Handset interface #24-wire audioControl signalsTT-5020A / TT-5022A Handset System orAlternative: Magnastar[1] AIU #1 or2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / WH-10Four-wire Handset interface #34-wire audioControl signalsTT-5020A / TT-5022A Handset SystemFour-wire Handset interface #42-wire POTSTT-5021B / TT-5022B cradle/handset or2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / POTS orSigma7 Phone orFAX or ModemTwo-wire Handset interface #52-wire POTSTT-5021B / TT-5022B cradle/handset or2.4 GHz Wireless Phone / POTS orSigma7 Phone orFAX or ModemTwo-wire Handset interface #6ISDNISDN Phones / ISDN Modem [2]ISDN interface
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-3955555.3.8 Wiring Thrane & Thrane Handset SystemsThe following drawing shows the wiring of the TT-5622A/TT-5620A 4-wire handsets and the TT-5621B/TT-5622B 2-wire handsets from Thrane & Thrane.Figure 5-18: Wiring T&T Handset SystemsTT-5035ASDUTP4TP3NCBP94 ABP95 BTP12 HiTP13 LoTP10 HiTP11 LoNCBP96 ABP97 BTP17 HiTP18 LoTP15 HiTP16 LoNCBP98 ABP99 BTP23 HiTP24 LoTP21 HiTP22 LoTT-5621BCRADLEBP100 ABP101 BTP28 HiTP29 LoTP26 HiTP27 LoDB15FDB15M129101134512131467815TT-5622ACRADLE129101134512131467815TT-5620AHANDSET#1129101134512131467815TT-5622ACRADLE129101134512131467815TT-5620AHANDSET#2129101134512131467815TT-5622ACRADLE129101134512131467815TT-5620AHANDSET#3Audio I/O129101134512131467815TT-5622ACRADLE129101134512131467815TT-5620AHANDSET#4 Two-Wire fax/ modem #5Audio I/O Two-Wire fax/ modem #6Audio I/O Two-Wire fax/ modem #5Audio I/O Two-Wire fax/ modem #6NCTT-5621BCRADLE 1 23 Two-Wire fax / modem #5 Two-Wire fax / modem #64-Wire Handset #1, RS-485 DataChassis Ground and Handset Power Return 1 23 1 23 1 23DB9FDB9MDB9M DB9F+28 VDC / 600mA Handset SupplyHandset #1, Audio Out / Cockpit Voice Audio OutHandset #1, Audio In / Cockpit Voice Audio In4-Wire Handset #2, RS-485 DataTT-5622BHANDSET#5TT-5622BHANDSET#6Handset #2, Audio Out / Cockpit Voice Audio OutHandset #2, Audio In / Cockpit Voice Audio In4-Wire Handset #3, RS-485 DataHandset #3, Audio OutHandset #3, Audio InTP19TP6TipRing Handset #5, 2-Wire Voice/Fax/ModemTP8TP7TipRing Handset #6, 2-Wire Voice/Fax/ModemHandset #4, Audio OutHandset #4, Audio In4-Wire Handset #4, RS-485 DataRJ11RJ11RJ11RJ11RJ11RJ1118" Pigtail18" Pigtail18" Pigtail18" Pigtail18" Pigtail18" PigtailDB9FDB9FDB9FDB9FNote: 18" Pigtail with Sub-D connector is mounted on each cradle.Wiring of Tip and Ring (SDU TP6-TP8 and TP19) is optional on the 4-Wire interfaces .
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-40 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D4-Wire InterfacesThe below list shows the pins used for the 4-wire interfaces on the SDU.Pin no. Name/DescriptionTP10 Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)TP11 Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)TP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)TP13 Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)BP94 Handset #1 RS-485 Data ABP95 Handset #1 RS-485 Data BTP15 Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)TP16 Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)TP17 Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)TP18 Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)BP96 Handset #2 RS-485 Data ABP97 Handset #2 RS-485 Data BTP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 Audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 Audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 Audio Out LoBP98 Handset #3 RS-485 Data ABP99 Handset #3 RS-485 Data BTP26 Handset #4 Audio In HiTP27 Handset #4 Audio In LoTP28 Handset #4 Audio Out HiTP29 Handset #4 Audio Out LoBP100 Handset #4 RS-485 Data ABP101 Handset #4 RS-485 Data BTP4 +28 V DC / 600 mA Handset supply, remote On/Off control by TP5 (nON)TP3 Handset Power ReturnTP25 +12 V DC Spare Supply for test only - do not connect!Table 5-22: SDU Pins for 4-Wire Interface
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-415555The SDU has four 4-wire analog interfaces for the TT-5620A/ TT-5622A Thrane & Thrane aeronautical handset system on the rear connector. The handsets use an RS-485 data bus for on/off hook signalling, display control, keyboard control, background light, etc. Three of the 4-wire interfaces, #1, #2 and #3, can alternatively be used for connection of MagnaStar or WH-10 phones. For information on possible combinations, see Configuration of Handset Interfaces on page 5-38.The handset interfaces must be configured in the HSD+ Configuration Program.For information on wiring of MagnaStar, refer to Wiring MagnaStar Handsets on page 5-42.For information on wiring of WH-10 phones, refer to Wiring WH-10 Handsets on page 5-45.For information on wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless phones, refer to Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (4-Wire) Phone on page 5-48.2-Wire InterfacesThe below list shows the pins used for the 2-wire interfaces of the SDU.The SDU has two 2-wire voice/fax/modem POTS interfaces connected to the built-in PBX. The interfaces comply with 2-wire 600 Ω standard US DTMF telephones. The 2-wire interface is not galvanically isolated from the aircraft frame, and galvanic isolation is required at the external 2-wire terminal.Two TT-5621B 2-wire phones can be connected in parallel on each interface.This interface is used for the TT-5621B/ TT-5622B Thrane & Thrane aeronautical handset system, but may also be used for e.g. the Sigma7 or 2.4GHz Cordless phones, or for a fax or a modem.For information on wiring of Sigma7 phones, see Wiring Sigma7 (2-Wire) Handsets on page 5-52.For information on wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless phones, see Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (2-Wire) Phone on page 5-53.Pin no. (X2) Name/Description TP6 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Ring)TP7 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2 (Ring)TP8 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #2(Tip)TP19 2-Wire Voice/Fax/Modem #1 (Tip)Table 5-23: SDU Pins for 2-Wire Interface
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-42 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.9 Wiring MagnaStar HandsetsThe following drawing shows the wiring of the MagnaStar handsets.Figure 5-19: Wiring MagnaStar InterfaceTT-5035ASDUBP83BP84BP82BP54TP12TP13TP10TP11BP86BP87BP85TP17TP18TP15TP16STATUS A (Ringer Output A2)MagnaStarAIU 1(Connector J3) 672122101113251524MagnaStarAIU 2(Connector J3)672122101113251424STATUS B (Ringer Output B2)CHOOKSW (Hook switch #2)SATCOM Service UnavailableHANDSET #2 AUDIO OUT (4W)HANDSET #2 AUDIO IN (4W)STATUS A (Ringer Output A1)STATUS B (Ringer Output B1)CHOOKSW (Hook switch #1)SATCOM Service UnavailableHANDSET #1 AUDIO OUT (4W)HANDSET #1 AUDIO IN (4W)NOTEThis wiring diagram only addresses the MagnaStar interfaces to the TT-5035A SDU.For any additional MagnaStar installation information refer to the applicable MagnaStar installationdocumentation.SATCOM1_CONFIGSATCOM2_CONFIGHandset Interface #1Handset Interface #2BP89BP90BP55TP23TP24TP21TP22TP20STATUS A (Ringer Output A3)AlternativePosition forMagnaStarAIU 1(Connector J3)672122101113251524STATUS B (Ringer Output B3)CHOOKSW (Hook switch #3)SATCOM Service UnavailableHANDSET #3 AUDIO OUT (4W)HANDSET #3 AUDIO IN (4W)GND (Handset Return)SATCOM1_CONFIGHandset Interface #3
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-435555The below list shows the pins used for the MagnaStar interfaces on the SDU.Pin no. Name/DescriptionTP10 Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)TP11 Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)TP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)TP13 Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)BP54 MagnaStar: Satcom Service Unavailable. Discrete output.BP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1 (Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1). Discrete input.BP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1 (Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #1). Discrete I/O.BP84 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #1). Discrete output.TP15 Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)TP16 Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)TP17 Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)TP18 Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)BP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2). Discrete input.BP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #2). Discrete I/O.BP87 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #2). Discrete output.TP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 Audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 Audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 Audio Out LoBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3BP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3or Service Available Annunciator. Discrete I/O.BP90 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3TP20 AGNDTable 5-24: SDU Pins for MagnaStar Interface
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-44 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DOne or two MagnaStar Analog Interface Units (AIUs) can be connected to the Aero-HSD+ system, using the handset interfaces #1, #2 or #3.If two MagnaStar AIUs are connected, the pins “SATCOM1_CONFIG” and “SATCOM2_CONFIG” are used to signal which channel is used (connect pin 15 on AIU1 to GND and pin 14 on AIU2 to GND). Note: The 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either the 4-Wire Handset System, MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10 phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on possible combinations, see Configuration of Handset Interfaces on page 5-38. The handset interfaces must be configured in the HSD+ Configuration ProgramFor further information on the handset interfaces, see 4-Wire Interfaces on page 5-40.Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU has a number of discrete inputs/outputs used for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems. For information on these interfaces, see Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems on page 5-51.
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-4555555.3.10 Wiring WH-10 HandsetsThe following drawing shows the wiring of WH-10 handsets.Figure 5-20: Wiring WH-10 HandsetsH. RINGER B1ABELKURJMWH10Handset 1+ 28V DC Handset SupplyChassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnHANDSET HOOK Switch #1H. RINGER A14-W LINE (TX)H. RINGER B2ABELKURJMWH10Handset 2HANDSET HOOK Switch #2H. RINGER A2H. RINGER B3ABELKURJMWH10Handset 3HANDSET HOOK Switch #3H. RINGER A34-W LINE (TX) 4-W LINE (RX) 4-W LINE (RX)TP4TP3BP82BP83BP84TP12TP13TP10TP11TT-5035ASDUBP85BP86BP87TP17TP18TP15TP16BP55BP89BP90TP23TP24TP21TP22 4-W LINE (RX) 4-W LINE (TX) 4-W LINE (TX) 4-W LINE (RX)4-W LINE (TX)4-W LINE (TX)4-W LINE (RX)4-W LINE (RX)HandsetInterface #1HandsetInterface #2HandsetInterface #3Note: + 28 V and Chassis Ground must be connected as close as possible to TP3/TP4
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-46 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DThe below list shows the pins used for the WH-10 interfaces on the SDU.Pin no. Name/DescriptionTP3 Chassis Ground and Handset Power ReturnTP4 +28 V DC/600 mA Handset SupplyTP10 Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)TP11 Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)TP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)TP13 Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)BP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1 (Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1). Discrete input.BP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1 (Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #1). Discrete I/O.BP84 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #1). Discrete output.TP15 Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)TP16 Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)TP17 Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)TP18 Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)BP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2). Discrete input.BP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #2). Discrete I/O.BP87 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #2). Discrete output.TP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 Audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 Audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 Audio Out LoBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3BP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3or Service Available Annunciator. Discrete I/O.BP90 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3Table 5-25: SDU Pins for WH-10 Interface
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-475555Up to three WH-10 systems can be connected to the Aero-HSD+ system, using the interfaces #1, #2 or #3.Note: The 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either the 4-Wire Handset System, MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10 phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on possible combinations, see Configuration of Handset Interfaces on page 5-38. The handset interfaces must be configured in the HSD+ Configuration Program.For further information on the interfaces, see 4-Wire Interfaces on page 5-40.Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU has a number of discrete inputs/outputs used for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems. For information on these interfaces, see Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems on page 5-51.
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-48 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.11 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (4-Wire) PhoneThe following drawing shows the wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless 4-wire handsets.Note: The power for the 2.4GHz Cordless base unit must be supplied from an external power supply. See the 2.4GHz Cordless manual for details. Figure 5-21: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless 4-Wire Handsets7623452.4GHzCordlessBase UnitTx LoBP82BP83TP12TP13TP10TP11TT-5035ASDUBP85BP86TP17TP18TP15TP16BP55BP89TP23TP24TP21TP22Tx HiHandsetInterface #12.4GHzCordlessBase Unit2.4GHzCordlessBase UnitJ2762345J2762345J2Rx HiRx LoRing inHook SwitchTx LoTx HiRx HiRx LoRing inHook SwitchTx LoTx HiRx HiRx LoRing inHook SwitchWH10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1WH10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1Handset #1 Audio Out HiHandset #1 Audio Out LoHandset #1 Audio In HiHandset #1 Audio In LoWH10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2WH10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2Handset #2 Audio Out HiHandset #2 Audio Out LoHandset #2 Audio In HiHandset #2 Audio In LoHandset #1 Audio Out HiHandset #1 Audio Out LoHandset #1 Audio In HiHandset #1 Audio In LoWH10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #3WH10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3HandsetInterface #2HandsetInterface #3
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-495555The below list shows the pins used for the 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) interfaces on the SDU.Pin no. Name/DescriptionTP10 Handset #1 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Hi)TP11 Handset #1 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 In Lo)TP12 Handset #1 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Hi)TP13 Handset #1 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #1 Out Lo)BP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1 (Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1). Discrete input.BP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1 (Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #1). Discrete I/O.TP15 Handset #2 Audio In Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Hi)TP16 Handset #2 Audio In Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 In Lo)TP17 Handset #2 Audio Out Hi / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Hi)TP18 Handset #2 Audio Out Lo / (Future use: Cockpit Voice Audio #2 Out Lo)BP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2). Discrete input.BP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #2). Discrete I/O.TP21 Handset #3 Audio In HiTP22 Handset #3 Audio In LoTP23 Handset #3 Audio Out HiTP24 Handset #3 Audio Out LoBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3BP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3or Service Available Annunciator. Discrete I/O.Table 5-26: SDU Pins for 2.4GHz Cordless (WH-10) Interface
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-50 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DUp to three 2.4GHz Cordless Handsets can be connected to the Aero-HSD+ system, using the interfaces #1, #2 or #3.Note: The 4-wire handset system #1, #2 and #3 interfaces are used for either the 4-Wire Handset System, MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless or WH-10 phones, as configurations share the same interface. For information on possible combinations, see Configuration of Handset Interfaces on page 5-38. Handset interface #4 can only be used for the 4-Wire Handset System. The handset interfaces must be configured in the HSD+ Configuration Program.For further information on the interfaces, see 4-Wire Interfaces on page 5-40.Apart from the handset interfaces, the SDU has a number of discrete inputs/outputs used for MagnaStar/WH-10 systems. For information on these interfaces, see Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset Systems on page 5-51.
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-5155555.3.12 Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Handset SystemsThe below list shows the discretes used for the MagnaStar/WH-10 interfaces on the SDU. For more information on the discrete types, refer to Description of the Discrete Types on page 5-57.Pin no. Name/Description Discrete TypeBP54 MagnaStar: Satcom Service Unavailable Lamp Driver outputBP55 WH-10/MagnaStar: Hook switch #3 WOW inputBP82 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #1 (Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #1)WOW inputBP83 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A1 (Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #1). Discrete I/O.Lamp Driver output(Future use: Mic On Input)BP84 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B1(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #1). Discrete output.Lamp Driver output(Future use: Call Light output) BP85 WH-10/MagnaStar Hook Switch #2(Future use: CP Voice Call Cancel Input #2)WOW inputBP86 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A2(Future use: CP Voice Mic On Input #2). Discrete I/O.Lamp Driver output(Future use: Mic On Input)BP87 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B2(Future use: CP Voice Call Light Output #2). Discrete output.Lamp Driver output(Future use: Call Light output)BP89 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output A3or Service Available Annunciator. Discrete I/O.Lamp Driver outputBP90 WH-10/MagnaStar Ringer Output B3 Lamp Driver outputTable 5-27: SDU Discretes for MagnaStar/WH-10 Systems
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-52 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.13 Wiring Sigma7 (2-Wire) HandsetsThe following drawing shows the wiring of Sigma7 handsets.One or two Sigma7 handsets can be connected to the 2-wire interfaces of the Aero-HSD+ system.Connect J1 on the Sigma7 handset to the rear receptacle of the SDU according to the wiring drawing above.Important! In order for the volume in the Sigma7 handset to be sufficient, it is normally necessary to adjust the “ear volume” using the menu system of the handset. For information on how to do this, see Sigma7 on page 6-9.For information on the 2-wire interface, see 2-Wire Interfaces on page 5-41.Figure 5-22: Wiring Sigma7 Handsets2-WIRE FAX/MODEM (POTS) #2Sigma7Cradle2-WIRE FAX/MODEM (POTS) #1TT-5035ASDUTP19TP6TP8TP7J1, pin3J1, pin4Sigma7CradleJ1, pin3J1, pin4Handset Interface #5Handset Interface #6
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-5355555.3.14 Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless (2-Wire) PhoneThe following drawing shows the wiring of 2.4GHz Cordless 2-wire phones.One or two 2.4GHz Cordless phones can be connected to the 2-wire interfaces of the Aero-HSD+ system.Connect J2 on the base unit of the 2.4GHz Cordless phone to the rear receptacle of the SDU according to the wiring drawing above.Important! In order for the 2.4GHz Cordless phone to work properly, it is normally necessary to make a few initial adjustments of the handset. For information on how to do this, see 2.4GHz Cordless on page 6-10.For information on the 2-wire interface, see 2-Wire Interfaces on page 5-41.Figure 5-23: Wiring 2.4GHz Cordless Handsets2-WIRE FAX/MODEM (POTS) #22.4GHz CordlessBase Unit2-WIRE FAX/MODEM (POTS) #1TT-5035ASDUTP19TP6TP8TP7J2, pin1J2, pin3J2, pin22.4GHz CordlessBase UnitJ2, pin1J2, pin3J2, pin2Handset Interface #5Handset Interface #6
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-54 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.15 Wiring DiscretesDiscrete Annunciators and WOWThe following drawing shows the wiring of discrete annunciators and Weight-on-Wheels (WOW).Discrete AnnunciatorsThe following list shows the pins used for Discrete Annunciators:Note: The Service Available Annunciator on pin BP89 is not available if you are using handset interface #3 for MagnaStar, 2.4GHz Cordless (4-wire) or WH-10 Handsets.Figure 5-24: Wiring Discrete Annunciators and Weight-on-WheelsSDU Pin Name/Description Specification of discrete typeaa. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the Discrete Types on page 5-57. BP89 Service Available Annunciator (Discrete I/O)Output: Lamp DriverBP92 Call Annunciator (Discrete I/O) Output: Lamp DriverBP93 Fax Annunciator (Discrete Output) Output: Lamp DriverTable 5-28: SDU Pins for Discrete AnnunciatorsDiscreteAnnunciatorsSERVICE AVAILABLE, BP89CALL ANNUNCIATOR, BP92FAX ANNUNCIATOR, BP93TT-5035ASDUWeight-On-WheelsWoW input #1, BP50WoW input #2, BP51Chime/LampsInhibitChime/Lamps Inhibit, BP88
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-555555The function of the Annunciators is as follows:• Service Available Annunciator.This Annunciator is used for indicating service availability. The Annunciator is “steady ON” when H+ service is available.• Call Annunciator. This Annunciator is used for signalling incoming voice calls. The Annunciator is “flashing” like the Connection LED on a 4-wire handset and is turned off when the call is answered or terminated by initiator.• Fax Annunciator.This Annunciator is used for signalling incoming fax. The Annunciator is “steady ON” until a receipt for the fax has been given in the handset.Chime/Lamps Inhibit InputPin used for the Chime/Lamps Inhibit input:The SDU has one discrete input for the Chime/Lamps Inhibit function. This input is used to inhibit Satcom activation of the chime and call lights during take-off and landing. The Inhibit function is activated by connecting this input to ground. The Inhibit function also activates the ring profile “TakeOfLandng”.The ring profiles are defined using the HSD+ Configuration Program where call inhibit/non-inhibit is set up for each of the 4-wire and 2-wire interfaces and annunciators. SDU Pin Name/Description Specification of discrete typeaa. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the Discrete Types on page 5-57. BP88 Chime/Lamps Inhibit Input Input: WOW (active low)Table 5-29: SDU Pins for WOW
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-56 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DWeight-On-Wheels (not currently in use)The following list shows the pins used for Weight-On-Wheels (WOW):The SDU has 2 discrete inputs for Weight-On-Wheels (WOW), which can detect whether the aircraft is airborne or not. Currently this information is not used in the SDU.The interpretation of the polarity (airframe DC ground or open circuit) of the input is defined by the Configuration Module (WOW Active Polarity). The Configuration Module also defines if WOW is installed or not. For further information, see the online help in the Aero-HSD+ Configuration Program.SDU Pin Name/Description Specification of discrete typeaa. The discrete interfaces are described in Description of the Discrete Types on page 5-57. BP50 Weight-on-Wheels Input #1 Input: WOWBP51 Weight-on-Wheels Input #2 Input: WOWTable 5-30: SDU Pins for WOW
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-575555Description of the Discrete TypesDiscrete type and description:Discrete Type DescriptionLamp Driver The SDU has several discrete Lamp Driver outputs. The output configuration forms a switch closure to ground. The electrical specification for the Lamp type switch is:Open switch hold-off voltage: max. +39.5 V DCClosed switch voltage: max. 1 V DC at 500 mAOpen switch resistance (OFF): min. 100 kΩWOW The discrete WOW input detects the following states:“Open” voltage: 7 V DC to 39.5 V DC or ≥100 kΩ to ground. “Short” voltage: 0 ±3.5 V DC or ≤1500 Ω to ground.Input characteristics:Reaction time is <500 ms. The internal interface is diode-isolated for parallel connection externally to any other LRU(s), with at least 200 kΩ of isolation, when power is not applied.Table 5-31: Specification of Discrete Types.
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-58 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.3.16 Cockpit Voice and SIM Card Reader (Future Use)The following drawing shows the wiring of Cockpit Voice and SIM Card reader:Do not connect equipment to the SIM Card pins, as any implementation of a SIM CARD system must wait for a future interface definition.The Cockpit Voice interface is physically prepared, but the software is not imple-mented yet.Figure 5-25: Wiring Cockpit Voice and SIM Card ReaderTT-5035ASDUBP70BP71BP72BP73Tx BTx ARx BRx ACall Cancel Input #1Voice Mic On Input #1VOICE Call Light Output #1Chime / Lamps Inhibit InputChime Reset InputBP82BP83BP84BP91BP88Cockpit Voice #1(Future use)TP10TP11TP12TP13CPV Audio #1 In LoCPV Audio #1 In HiCPV Audio #1 Out HiCPV Audio #1 Out LoCall Cancel Input #2Voice Mic On Input #2VOICE Call Light Output #2BP85BP86BP87 Cockpit Voice #2(Future use)TP15TP16TP17TP18CPV Audio #2 In LoCPV Audio #2 In HiCPV Audio #2 Out HiCPV Audio #2 Out LoRS-422 SIM CardReader(Future use)BP52BP53Chime Signal Contact #1Chime Signal Contact #2 Chime(Future use)
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-5955555.3.17 Wiring Maintenance Handset, PC and ResetMaintenance PC, CM Write Enable, SDU Reset and ATE The following drawing shows the wiring of:• the RS-232 PC connection, • SDU Reset,• Write enable for the Configuration Module and• ATE interface (for test only)Figure 5-26: Wiring Maintenance PC and ResetTT-5035ASDURESET BP77FP10FP11FP12FP13FP9FP15FP8GND, Power ReturnMaintenancePCRS-232C RTSRS-232C RXDRS-232C TXDRS-232C CTSBP74, ATE 1BP75, ATE 2BP76, ATE 3(Do not connect)SDUResetDB15FDB15M101112139123415856714DB9F238751469CM Write EnableData Cable TT 37-112940+12 V DCDB9M23875
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-60 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DRS-232 Maintenance PC Interface and “Write Enable” Input for Configuration ModuleThe following list shows the SDU pins used for RS-232 PC interface and for CM Write Enable. Both interfaces are included in the TT 37-112940 data cable described at the end of this section.The SDU has a PC interface at the front connector, supporting the RS-232 standard. The front PC interface can also be used for uploading software, or it can serve as a printer interface. The interface is configured as DCE on the SDU (i.e. TxD + RTS are inputs and RxD + CTS are outputs). The PC interface has the following characteristics:• Baud rate: 115.2 kbit/s fixed• Data bits: 8• Parity: None• Stop bit: 1• Flow control: Hardware (RTS/CTS only)The Write Enable Input - FP15 - enables write cycles to the write protected area in the Configuration Module. FP15 must be connected to +12 V DC (FP8) in order to have access to the write protected area. Electrical specifications:Enable Write cycles: +10.0 V ≤ VFP15 ≤ +13.0 VWrite Protected: VFP15 ≤ +1.9 VSDU Pin Name/DescriptionFP10 TxD InputFP11 RxD OutputFP12 RTS InputFP13 CTS OutputFP9 GND, Power Return (for +12 V DC)FP8 +12 V DC/120 mAFP15 Configuration Module Write Enable InTable 5-32: SDU Pins for RS-232 PC Interface
Electrical Installation and WiringTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-615555The following drawing shows the wiring of the data cable for the front connector.ResetThe SDU has a discrete input (BP77) on the rear connector, which can be used for SDU hardware reset. The specification complies with the discrete WOW input.Note: You only need to connect this input if you have special requirements to the reset function. For normal use, the push-button on the front panel of the SDU should be sufficient. SDU hardware reset is initiated by connecting the input to ground. This input is filtered carefully, and the input must be activated for approximately 5 sec. before the reset procedure takes action. It is highly recommended to use a guarded switch to avoid accidental operation of the switch.Electrical DC characteristics: WOW Input type, refer to Description of the Discrete Types on page 5-57.Automatic Test Equipment PinsThe TT-5035A SDU Rear Connector Bottom Plug (BP) has pins for automatic test equipment (ATE): ATE 1 (BP74), ATE 2 (BP75) and ATE 3 (BP76).Important! Do not connect anything to the ATE pins, not even ground, as lightning-induced effects can potentially harm the internal circuits, and even grounding these pins can cause unintended function of the system.Figure 5-27: TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant with Front Connector516981591123456789123456789101112131415DB15MaleDB9FemaleGNDRXDTXDCTSRTSHousing: MetalHousing: MetalData Cable TT 37-112940(3 meter)To PCTo SDU
Electrical Installation and Wiring5-62 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DMaintenance Handset InterfaceThe following drawing shows the wiring of the maintenance handset interface to the front connector of the SDU.The following list shows the pins used for maintenance handset interface.The SDU has a handset interface for the TT-5620A Handset for maintenance use.This interface can be used to access the menu system using a 4-wire handset.The front connector provides +12 V DC handset power (FP8). The RS-485 bus on the front connector is common with the RS-485 bus for Handset #4 on the rear connector. The Maintenance handset provides a common mode voltage (2.5 V DC) on the Audio In lines to the SDU. This voltage is used to detect the presence of the handset on the front connector, so the RS-485 #4 can be redirected to the front connector. Figure 5-28: Wiring Maintenance HandsetSDU Pin Function: Handset InterfaceFP1 Maintenance Handset Audio In HiFP2 Maintenance Handset Audio In LoFP3 Maintenance Handset Audio Out HiFP4 Maintenance Handset Audio Out LoFP6 Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data AFP7 Maintenance Handset RS-485 Data BFP8 +12 V DC/120 mAFP9 GND Power Return (for +12 V DC)Table 5-33: SDU Pins for Maintenance Handset InterfaceTT-5035ASDUGND, Power ReturnFP8FP9FP6FP7FP3FP4FP1FP2Front Connector(DB15F)+12 V DC / 120 mARS-485 RX/TX ARS-485 RX/TX B4-Wire Telep. Line Tx4-Wire Telep. Line RxMaintenanceCradleTT 5622ADB15F DB15M123891215451011131467DB15M151413121110589673412123891215451011131467Note: The TT 5622A cradle is delivered withthe DB15M connector mounted on a "pigtail".
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-6355555.4 Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5.4.1 Introduction to HSUAs an option, a High Speed data Unit (HSU) containing one additional HSD channel is available for the Aero-HSD+ system, providing a total data rate of 128 kbit/s. The following pages provide information on wiring of the units in the Aero-HSD+ system with an additional High Speed data Unit (HSU) installed. 5.4.2 Wiring HSU Power SupplyThe SDU to Aircraft power bus interfaces supply the electric power required to operate the HSU, and for EMC purposes a chassis connection to the aircraft chassis and the installation tray. The +28 V DC Power wire must include a circuit breaker capable of carrying the required current continuously under the required environmental conditions.The following drawing shows the wiring of the HSU to the Aircraft Power Bus.Figure 5-29: Wiring HSU PowerTT-5038AHSU[2] TP2 GND, Power Return28 V DCAircraft Power Bus[1] Total resistance max. 725 mΩ incl. Circuit Breaker.[2] Total resistance max. 25 mΩ.[3] Directly to Aircraft chassis, max. 1 m cable length to prevent EMC problems andmax. 25 mΩ resistance.[4] Recommended circuit breaker: Klixon 2TC series, 4 A current rating.TP3TP1 +28 V DC PowerChassis Ground[4]4A[1][3]
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-64 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D+28 V DC PowerIt is essential to keep the line impedance below the specified limits. See Cable Requirements, HSU Power Supply on page 5-64.Reverse polarity protection is only guaranteed if the suggested circuit breaker is used.Required current capability for the Circuit Breaker: 23 W @ 17.7 V DC which equals 1.3 A DC at the required environmental conditions.A suitable circuit breaker with sufficient low resistance would be Klixon 2TC series with 4 A current rating.Chassis GroundThe Chassis connection ensures that the HSU cabinet and the installation tray has the same potential, and that there is a connection from the cable shields to the cabinet for EMC purposes.Connect the wire directly to the installation tray and to aircraft chassis.Cable Requirements, HSU Power SupplyNote: For maximum allowed cable lengths, see Power Cables, Allowed Cable Lengths on page 5-81.Cableaa. The cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in the section Figure 5-29: Wiring HSU Power.Max. Resistance Other Requirements[1](+28 V DC Power)725 mΩ,incl. circuit breaker[2](GND, Power Return)25 mΩThe cable should be as short as possible.[3](Chassis Ground)25 mΩConnect directly to aircraft chassis.Table 5-34: Requirements to HSU Power Cables
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-6555555.4.3 Wiring Antenna Systems With HSU InstalledHGA-7000 Antenna with HSUFigure 5-30: Wiring HSU to HGA-7000 Antenna SystemHSU TX CouplerTT-5038A-002TT-5035ASDUHGA-7000TP A4 J2 IF2J1 IF1Built-inBSUW7 [6]TT-5012ADLNAX3 TXX1 RX X2 AntGND[7]PowerSplitter3.5 dB @1.6GHzHSUSDUDLNAHSU RX Power SplitterTT-5038A-003TT-5038AHSUARINC 429BP56BP32BP33BP34BP35TP8TP19TP20TP21TP22ARINC 429HSU disableTP A1TP A2SDU HPAHSUTP2TT-5014AHPATP1BP78BP79BP80BP81HPA nONBP57 BP6BP27BP28BP25BP26HPA CONTROLBITE / STATUSTP A1TP A2W3[4], [5]RF RX COAX [1], [2]RF RX COAX [2]W4 [4]RF TX COAXLoss_3 [3]RF TX COAXLoss_1 [3]RF TX COAXLoss_2 [3]RF RX COAX [1][1] The total cable loss - including the power splitter loss (3.5 dB) - between the DLNA and the SDU must be: 0 to 15 dB @ 1.6 GHz[2] The total cable loss - including the power splitter loss (3.5 dB) - between the DLNA and the HSU must be: 0 to 12 dB @ 1.6 GHz[3] The cable losses from HSU/SDU to HPA are:Loss_1: The cable loss from SDU to Tx CouplerLoss_2: The cable loss from Tx Coupler to HPALoss_3: The cable loss from HSU to Tx CouplerThe cable loss limits are:Loss_3 <= 2.5 dB + Loss_1 @ 1.6 GHzLoss_1 + Loss_2 <= 11.0 dB @ 1.6 GHz[4] Coax, total loss from cable W3 and cable W4 max. 1.8 dB @ 1.6 GHz[5] Coax, loss from cable W3 max. 0.3 dB @ 1.6 GHz[6] Coax, loss from cable W7 max. 17 dB @ 1.6 GHz[7] 16 AWG, max. 1 ft long, max. resistance 3 mΩ
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-66 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DImportant! The Power Splitter must be connected correctly, because the HSU port has a built-in DC block.Requirements to the cables are stated in the drawing and in the section RF Cable requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna With HSU on page 5-68.The following lists show the HSU, SDU and HPA pins in the Aero-HSD+ system used for connecting a HGA-7000 antenna system.HSU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from HSU Rx Power SplitterTP A2 RF Tx output to HSU Tx CouplerTP8 HSU Disable inputTP19 Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-A)TP20 Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-B)TP21 Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-A)TP22 Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-B)Table 5-35: HSU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna SystemSDU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from HSU Rx Power SplitterTP A2 RF Tx output to HSU Tx CouplerTP A4 Antenna Modem InterfaceBP32 Data bus input from HSU (ARINC 429-A)BP33 Data bus input from HSU (ARINC 429-B)BP34 Data bus output to HSU (ARINC 429-A)BP35 Data bus output to HSU (ARINC 429-B)BP56 HSU Disable outputBP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-36: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-675555ARINC 429 Interface (TP19-TP22)The ARINC 429 interface is used by the SDU to control the HSU. The HSU operates as a slave to the SDU. The Interface is a 100 kbit/s High Speed ARINC 429 duplex data bus to/from the SDU. For electrical specifications refer to the ARINC 429 standard [6]. HSU Disable (TP8)The SDU uses the HSU Disable input to reset and inhibit the transmitter output signal from the HSU. The electrical specification is defined as for the discrete Weight-On-Wheels input type.HPA pin DescriptionTP1 RF Tx output to DLNATP2 RF Tx input from HSU Tx CouplerBP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-37: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-68 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DRF Cable requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna With HSUNote: For recommended RF cable types, see Recommended RF Cables on page 5-84.ARINC 429 Cable requirements, HGA-7000 Antenna With HSUThe cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use.For recommended cable types, see Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 on page 5-84.Cableaa. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in Figure 5-30: Wiring HSU to HGA-7000 Antenna System.TypeMin. Cable Loss @1.6 GHzMax. Cable Loss @1.6 GHzOther RequirementsW3(TT-5012A DLNA to Antenna)Coax 0 dB 0.3 dBW4(HPA to TT-5012A DLNA)Coax 0 dB 1.8 dB - W3W3 and W4 Coax 0 dB Total: 1.8 dBTT-5012A DLNA to SDU(including Power Splitter loss 3.5 dB)Coax 0 dB 15 dBTT-5012A DLNA to HSU(including Power Splitter loss 3.5 dB)Coax 0 dB 12 dBRF Tx output from SDU/HSU to HPACoax 0 dB NOTEbb. With an HSU installed, the cable losses from HSU/SDU to HPA are as follows:Loss_1: The cable loss from SDU to Directional CouplerLoss_2: The cable loss from Directional Coupler to HPALoss_3: The cable loss from HSU to Directional CouplerThe cable loss limits are:Loss_3 <= 2.5 dB + Loss_1 @ 1.6 GHzLoss_1 + Loss_2 <= 11.0 dB @ 1.6 GHzW7(Antenna modem interface)Coax 0 dB 17 dBGND on TT-5012A DLNA Resistance: Max. 3 mΩTable 5-38: Requirements to RF Cables, HGA-7000 Antenna
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-695555AMT-50 Subsystem With HSUFigure 5-31: Wiring HSU to AMT-50 SubsystemHSU TX CouplerTT-5038A-002TT-5035ASDUAMT-50AntennaAMT-50DLNAPowerSplitter3.5 dB @1.6GHzHSUSDUDLNAHSU RX Power SplitterTT-5038A-003TT-5038AHSUARINC 429BP56BP32BP33BP34BP35TP8TP19TP20TP21TP22ARINC 429HSU disableTP A1TP A2SDU HPAHSUTP2TT-5014AHPATP1BP78BP79BP80BP81HPA nONBP57 BP6BP27BP28BP25BP26HPA CONTROLData/BITETP A1TP A2RF RX COAX [1], [2]RF RX COAX [2]W4[4]RF TX COAXLoss_3 [3]RF TX COAXLoss_1 [3]RF TX COAXLoss_2 [3]RF RX COAX [1][1] The total cable loss - including the power splitter loss (3.5 dB) - between the DLNA and the SDU must be: 6 to 29 dB @ 1.6 GHz[2] The total cable loss - including the power splitter loss (3.5 dB) - between the DLNA and the HSU must be: 6 to 25 dB @ 1.6 GHz[3] The cable losses from HSU/SDU to HPA are:Loss_1: The cable loss from SDU to Tx CouplerLoss_2: The cable loss from Tx Coupler to HPALoss_3: The cable loss from HSU to Tx CouplerThe cable loss limits are:Loss_3 <= 2.5 dB + Loss_1 @ 1.6 GHzLoss_1 + Loss_2 <= 11.0 dB @ 1.6 GHz[4] Coax, total loss from cable W3 and cable W4 max. 1.8 dB @ 1.6 GHz[5] Coax, loss from cable W3 max. 0.3 dB @ 1.6 GHzAMT-50ACUA B H GW3[4] [5)BP8BP9BP13BP14A429 Tx (HS)A429 Rx (LS)J3J1J2AMT-50 Subsystem
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-70 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DThe following lists show the HSU, SDU and HPA pins in the Aero-HSD+ system used for connecting an AMT-50 antenna subsystem.HSU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from HSU Rx Power SplitterTP A2 RF Tx output to HSU Tx CouplerTP8 HSU Disable inputTP19 Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-A)TP20 Data bus output to SDU (ARINC 429-B)TP21 Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-A)TP22 Data bus input from SDU (ARINC 429-B)Table 5-39: HSU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna SystemSDU pin DescriptionTP A1 RF Rx input from HSU Rx Power SplitterTP A2 RF Tx output to HSU Tx CouplerBP32 Data bus input from HSU (ARINC 429-A)BP33 Data bus input from HSU (ARINC 429-B)BP34 Data bus output to HSU (ARINC 429-A)BP35 Data bus output to HSU (ARINC 429-B)BP56 HSU Disable outputBP57 HPA remote nOn/Off outputBP78 HPA Control Output A, RS-422BP79 HPA Control Output B, RS-422BP80 HPA Data/BITE Input A, RS-422BP81 HPA Data/BITE Input B, RS-422Table 5-40: SDU Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-715555HSU ARINC 429 Interface (TP19-TP22)The ARINC 429 interface on HSU pins TP19-TP22 is used by the SDU to control the HSU. The HSU operates as a slave to the SDU. The Interface is a 100 kbit/s High Speed ARINC 429 duplex data bus to/from the SDU. For electrical specifications refer to the ARINC 429 standard [6]. HPA ARINC 429 Interface (BP8, BP9, BP13, BP14 on HPA)An ARINC 429 high speed Tx interface and an ARINC 429 low speed Rx interface is used for communication between the HPA and the AMT-50 ACU.HSU Disable (TP8)The SDU uses the HSU Disable input to reset and inhibit the transmitter output signal from the HSU. The electrical specification is defined as for the discrete Weight-On-Wheels input type.HPA pin DescriptionTP1 RF Tx output to DLNATP2 RF Tx input from HSU Tx CouplerBP6 Remote nOn/Off input from SDUBP8 A429 Tx A output to AMT-50 ACUBP9 A429 Tx B output to AMT-50 ACUBP13 A429 Rx1 A input from AMT-50 ACUBP14 A429 Rx1 B input from AMT-50 ACUBP25 Tx Data/BITE Output A, RS-422, to SDUBP26 Tx Data/BITE Output B, RS-422, to SDUBP27 Rx Control Input A, RS-422, from SDUBP28 Rx Control Input B, RS-422, from SDUTable 5-41: HPA Pins for HGA-7000 Antenna System
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-72 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DRF Cable requirements, AMT-50 Subsystem With HSUARINC 429 Cable requirements, AMT-50 Subsystem System With HSUThe cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use.For recommended cable types, see Recommended Cables for ARINC 429 on page 5-84.Cableaa. The “W” cable numbers refer to the numbers stated on the wiring drawing in Figure 5-31: Wiring HSU to AMT-50 Subsystem.Type Min. Cable Loss @1.6 GHzMax. Cable Loss@1.6 GHzW3(ARINC 741 DLNA to Antenna)Coax 0 dB 0.3 dBW4(HPA to ARINC 741 DLNA)Coax 0 dB 1.8 dB - W3W3 and W4 0 dB Total: 1.8 dBARINC 741 DLNA to SDU(including Power Splitter loss 3.5 dB)Coax 6 dB 29 dBARINC 741 DLNA to HSU(including Power Splitter loss 3.5 dB)Coax 6 dB 25 dBRF Tx output from SDU/HSU to HPACoax 0 dB NOTEbb. With an HSU installed, the cable losses from HSU/SDU to HPA are as follows:Loss_1: The cable loss from SDU to Directional CouplerLoss_2: The cable loss from Directional Coupler to HPALoss_3: The cable loss from HSU to Directional CouplerThe cable loss limits are:Loss_3 ≤ 2.5 dB + Loss_1 @ 1.6 GHzLoss_1 + Loss_2 ≤ 11.0 dB @ 1.6 GHzTable 5-42: Requirements to RF Cables, AMT-50 Subsystem
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-7355555.4.4 Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232 , MPDS Ethernet and ISDNThe following drawing shows the wiring of the HSU to MPDS RS-232, MPDS 10BaseT Ethernet and ISDN.Figure 5-32: Wiring HSU to MPDS RS-232, MPDS Ethernet and ISDNMPDS(DTE)ISDN(TE)RJ45 Female ConnectorISDN Tx+ (d) Output, TP24ISDN Tx- (e) Output, TP25ISDN Rx+ (c) Input, TP23ISDN Rx- (f) Input, TP26MPDSEthernet 10BaseT(DTE)RJ45 Female ConnectorMPDS TxD Input, TP11MPDS RxD Output, TP12MPDS RTS Input, TP13MPDS CTS Output, TP14MPDS DTR Input, TP15MPDS DCD Output, TP16MPDS DSR Output, TP17MPDS GND, TP18TT-5038AHSURx Output, TP A3Tx Input, TP A4DCEEIA/TIA-232-ENT1DCE3, RxD+ Input6, RxD- Input1, TxD+ Output2, TxD- Output3 Rx+ input6 Rx- input4 Tx+ output5 Tx- outputTxD OutputRxD InputRTS OutputCTS InputDTR OutputDCD InputDSR InputGND
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-74 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DMPDS RS-232 PinsThe MPDS interface is an EIA/TIA-232-E 115.2 kbit/s Asynchronous RFC 1549 HDLC interface (www.ietf.org).Configuration: DCE (i.e. TxD is an input and RxD is an output), with hardware flow control (RTS, CTS, DTR, DCD, DSR as EIA/TIA-232-E signals).Baud rate (Rx Output): 115.2 kbit/s ± 1 ppm.Baud rate (Tx Input): 115.2 kbit/s ± 4%To be compliant with EIA/TIA 232-E a female 25 pin SUB D connector or a female 9 pin SUB D connector must be connected to the MPDS lines from the HSU. The lines must be connected as shown in the table above.HSU pin Name/DescriptionEquivalent DB9F Pin no.Equivalent DB25F Pin no.TP11 MPDS TxD Input (EIA/TIA-232-E) 3 2TP12 MPDS RxD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E) 2 3TP13 MPDS RTS Input (EIA/TIA-232-E) 7 4TP14 MPDS CTS Output (EIA/TIA-232-E) 8 5TP15 MPDS DTR Input (EIA/TIA-232-E) 4 20TP16 MPDS DCD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E) 1 8TP17 MPDS DSR Output (EIA/TIA-232-E) 6 6TP18 MPDS GND (EIA/TIA-232-E) 5 7Table 5-43: HSU Pins for MPDS RS-232
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-755555MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT PinsThe following list shows the pins used for the MPDS Ethernet interfaceThe pin-outs for TP A3 and TP A4 are specified in Figure 5-33: Ethernet RxD Twinax Contact Pin-out Definition and Figure 5-34: Ethernet TxD Twinax Contact Pin-out Definition.TP A3 is a 10BaseT Ethernet Rx twinax output for 100 Ω twisted pair medium. The pin-out is as follows:TP A4 is a 10BaseT Ethernet Tx twinax input for 100 Ω twisted pair medium. The pin-out is as follows:HSU pin Name Description RJ45 PIN (F) NameTP A4 (center) Tx+ Input 1 TxD+TP A4 Tx- Input 2 TxD-TP A3 (center) Rx+ Output 3 RxD+TP A3 Rx- Output 6 RxD-Table 5-44: HSU Pins for MPDS 10BaseT EthernetFigure 5-33: Ethernet RxD Twinax Contact Pin-out DefinitionFigure 5-34: Ethernet TxD Twinax Contact Pin-out DefinitionShieldRxD+ OutputRxD- OutputShieldTxD+ InputTxD- Input
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-76 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DThe 10 Mbit/s Ethernet interface physical layer conforms to [1] (IEEE standard 802.3, Chapter 14: “Twisted Pair medium attachment unit”), except for the connector type. To be compliant with [1], an RJ45 female connector must be used for the user interface. The connector pin assignment must be according to [1] and [2] (ISO8877 ISO/IEC 8877) as shown in Figure 5-35: Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to HSU.The HSU is defined as a DCE or a Hub i.e. TxD is input and RxD is output. Cable Requirements, MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT on HSUThe cable for the MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT interface for the HSU must be a 100 Ω 2-wire twisted and shielded cable.Figure 5-35: Ethernet RJ45 Connector and Cable Connection to HSU.12345678TxD+ TX+ inputn.c.TxD- TX- inputRxD+ RX+ outputn.c.RxD- RX- outputn.c.n.c.RJ45female HSU pinTP A4to DTE100Ω Twinax twistedand shielded pairsHSU (DCE/Hub)12345678HSU pinTP A3
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-775555ISDN PinsThe following list shows the pins used for the ISDN interface.The HSU is configured as the network side of the NT1 interface i.e. Rx is an input and Tx is an output. Please note that this configuration of input and output differs from the configuration of the 10BaseT Ethernet, the MPDS RS-232 interface and RS-232 PC interface input/output.To be compliant with ISO8877 [2] and the ISDN connector specification defined by ITU I.420 [5], an RJ-45 Female Connector must be connected to the four wire ISDN lines from the HSU. The HSU includes an internal 100 Ω termination resistor to support cable lengths longer than 3 meters.The ISDN interface can power supply 4 ISDN phones but supports 8 phones (where 4 of them must have their own power supply). At power hold-up, only power for one phone is available i.e. if more than one phone is connected, the HSU may reset if an incoming call is received, or more than one handset is off-hook, during a power hold-up session. Cable Requirements, ISDNThe cable for the ISDN interface must be a 100 Ω 4-wire shielded cable. The conductors must be twisted in pairs.HSU pin Name Description RJ45 PIN (F) NameTP23 ISDN Rx+ (c) Input 3 Rx+TP24 ISDN Tx+ (d) Output 4 Tx+TP25 ISDN Tx- (e) Output 5 Tx-TP26 ISDN Rx- (f) Input 6 Rx-Table 5-45: HSU Pins for ISDNFigure 5-36: ISDN RJ45 Connector12345678ISDN Rx+ InputISDN Tx+ OutputISDN Tx- OutputISDN Rx- Inputn.c.n.c.n.c.n.c.RJ45 (Female Connector)RJ45female12345678
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-78 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.4.5 Wiring HSU to Discretes and Maintenance PC InterfaceThe following drawing shows the wiring of the front maintenance interface and discretes and RS-232 PC connection.Maintenance InterfaceThe HSU has two RS-232 PC interfaces for maintenance, one at the front panel connector and one at the rear panel connector. Both interfaces support the EIA/TIA-232-E standard and may also be used as a printer interface. Both interfaces may be used for software upload.The interfaces are configured as DCE on the HSU (i.e. TxD is input and RxD is output). Front Maintenance Connector Interface EIA/TIA-232-E (FP2, FP3, FP5)For information on pin-out for the Front Maintenance Connector interface, see Pin-out for HSU Front Connector on page 4-14.The Front Maintenance Connector Interface has the following characteristics:• Baud rate: 115.2 kbit/s fixed• Data bits: 8• Parity: None• Stop bit: 1• Flow control: NoneFigure 5-37: Wiring HSU to Discretes and RS-232 PC Maintenance InterfacesTT-5038AHSUMaintenancePC #2TP6TP7TP5Rear TxD (EIA/TIA-232-E)Rear GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)Rear RxD (EIA/TIA-232-E)ATE #1 [1] TP9TP10DiscreteOutputsISDN AvailableMPDS AvailableHSU Failure TP27TP28TP29ATE #2 [1]FP2FP3FP4FP5FP6MaintenancePC #1FRONT CONNECTOR (DB9)[1] ATE is for test purpose only; leave unconnected23456Front GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)+12 VDC (to pull up FP4, DSR)Disable Input for Rear I/F (DTR)Front RxD (EIA/TIA-232-E)Front TxD (EIA/TIA-232-E)325DB9FDB9F
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSUTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-795555Disable input for the Rear Maintenance Connector Interface (FP4)The front panel connector contains an input pin to disable the Rear Maintenance Connector Interface. The Rear Maintenance Connector Interface will be disabled when the Front Maintenance Connector Interface is used, since the two interfaces share the same internal serial I/O port.The Rear Maintenance Connector Interface is disabled by connecting FP4 to +12V. This can be done by mounting a jumper from FP4 to FP6 in the serial cable connector. If a fully populated RS-232 serial cable is used, no jumper is needed. FP4 corresponds to the RS-232 DTR signal, which is normally +12 V from the PC-terminal.FP4 is pulled down internally in the HSU to -12V with 15 kΩ.+12 V DC for Front Maintenance Connector Interface (FP6)FP6 provides a +12 V DC supply to pull up FP4 with a jumper as described above. The +12 V DC is provided internally in the HSU with a 220 Ω pull up resistor from FP6 to +12 V. FP6 corresponds to the RS-232 DSR signal.Rear Maintenance Connector Interface EIA/TIA-232-E (TP5-TP7)The following list shows the pins used for the Rear Maintenance Connector Interface.The Rear Maintenance Connector Interface has the same characteristics as the Front Maintenance Connector Interface. Also refer to Maintenance Interface on page 5-78.• Baud rate: 115.2 kbit/s fixed• Data bits: 8• Parity: None• Stop bit: 1• Flow control: NoneHSU pin Name/DescriptionTP5 Rear Maintenance Connector Interface GND (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP6 Rear Maintenance Connector Interface TxD Input (EIA/TIA-232-E)TP7 Rear Maintenance Connector Interface RxD Output (EIA/TIA-232-E)Table 5-46: HSU Pins for Rear Maintenance Connector Interface, RS-232
Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU5-80 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DDiscrete InputsThe HSU has three discrete inputs, one for HSU Disable and two for ATE. The ATE inputs are for test purpose only and must not be connected. The HSU Disable input is described in HSU Disable (TP8) on page 5-67.Discrete OutputsThe HSU has 3 discrete lamp driver outputs: HSU Failure, ISDN Available and MPDS Available. The output configuration forms a switch closure to ground.The following list shows the pins used for the discrete lamp driver outputs.The HSU Failure Discrete Output (TP27) is active whenever a BITE error with the severity essential or fatal is active on the HSU. The ISDN Available discrete output (TP28) is active when:• The ISDN channel is actually in use, or • The following conditions are all fulfilled:- the HSU is ocean region registered- no BITE error prohibits the ISDN service- the current ISDN LES supports Swift64 ISDN - the channel is not in use by MPDS - power is availableThe MPDS Available discrete output (TP29) is active when:• The MPDS channel is actually in use, or • The following conditions are all fulfilled:- the HSU is ocean region registered- no BITE error prohibits the MPDS service- the current MPDS LES supports Swift64 ISDN- the channel is not in use by ISDN- power is availablePin no (X2) Function Reference / SpecTP27 HSU Failure Discrete Output Lamp type, active lowTP28 ISDN Available Discrete Output Lamp type, active lowTP29 MPDS Available Discrete Output Lamp type, active lowTable 5-47: HSU Pins for Discrete Outputs
Recommended CablesTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-8155555.5 Recommended Cables5.5.1 IntroductionThis section lists recommended cables and allowed cable lengths for the cables in the Aero-HSD+ system.Important! For specific requirements to the cables, see the applicable section in 5.3 Electrical Installation and Wiring or 5.4 Electrical Installation and Wiring, HSU.5.5.2 Power Cables, Allowed Cable LengthsAllowed Cable Lengths, SDUThe following table shows the allowed SDU cable lengths for selected AWG types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG type.Note: It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible, specially on cables for Chassis GND.Description Pin Contact Type Max. resistance Max Length (at 70°C)AW G 2 0 AW G 1 8 AW G 1 6 AW G 1 4SDU +28 V DC PowerTP1 16 87.5 mΩ a(200 mΩ-112.5 mΩ in circuit breaker)a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these values.7fta(2.1 m)11 fta(3.4 m)18 fta(5.4 m)(not suitable for this contact size)SDUGND, Power ReturnTP2 16 25 mΩ2ft(0.6 m)3ft(0.9 m)5 ft(1.5 m)(not suitable for this contact size)SDU Chassis GroundTP3 16 25 mΩ(additional requirement: max. length 1 m)2ft(0.6 m)3ft(0.9 m)3 ft(1.0 m)(not suitable for this contact size)Table 5-48: Allowed Lengths for SDU Power Cables
Recommended Cables5-82 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-DAllowed Cable Lengths, HPAThe following table shows the allowed HPA cable lengths for selected AWG types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG type.Note: It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible, specially on cables for Chassis.Description Pin Contact Type Max. resistance Max Length (at 70°C)AW G 1 2 AW G 1 0 AW G 8HPA +28 V DC PowerBP A1 5 87.5 mΩ a(100 mΩ-12.5 mΩ in circuit breaker)a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these values.(not suitable for this contact type)71 fta(21.6 m)126 fta(38.4 m)HPA GND, Power ReturnBP A2 5 25 mΩ(not suitable for this contact type)20 ft(6.1 m)36 ft(11.0 m)Table 5-49: Allowed Lengths for HPA Power CablesDescription Pin Contact Type Max. resistance Max Length (at 70°C)AW G 2 0 AW G 1 8HPA Chassis BP30 20HD 25 mΩ2ft(0.6 m)(not suitable for this contact size)Table 5-50: Allowed Lengths for HPA Chassis Cable
Recommended CablesTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-835555Allowed Cable Lengths, HSUThe following table shows the allowed HSU cable lengths for selected AWG types. If other AWG types are used, make sure the contact type supports the AWG type.Note: It is generally recommended to keep cable lengths as short as possible, specially on cables for Chassis GND.Description Pin Contact Type Max. resistance Max Length (at 70°C)AW G 2 0 AW G 1 8 AW G 1 6 AW G 1 4HSU +28 V DC PowerTP1 16 612.5 mΩ a(725 mΩ-112.5 mΩ in circuit breaker)a. The max. cable resistance is calculated using the resistance of a Klixon 2TC circuit breaker. If another circuit breaker is used, the max. resistance and cable length may differ from these values.49 fta(15.0 m)79 fta(24.0 m)125 fta(38.1 m)(not suitable for this contact size)HSU GND, PowerReturnTP2 16 25 mΩ2ft(0.6 m)3ft(0.9 m)5 ft(1.5 m)(not suitable for this contact size)HSU Chassis GroundTP3 16 25 mΩ (additional requirement: max. length 1 m)2ft(0.6 m)3ft(0.9 m)3 ft(1.0 m)(not suitable for this contact size)Table 5-51: Allowed Lengths for HSU Power Cables
Recommended Cables5-84 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.5.3 Recommended RF CablesThe following cable types are recommended for the RF cables.Note: Equivalent cable types, which meet the requirements, may also be used.NOTE 1: In some applications, RG 142 or RG 400 may be used where strict attenuation requirements are not an issue. Cable specifications may vary depending on manufacturer.5.5.4 Recommended Cables for ARINC 429The cables for the ARINC 429 interfaces must be twisted and shielded and conform to the standards for aeronautical use.The following cable types meet the requirements:• Part number 422202, 22 Awg, from ECS• Part number 422402, 24 Awg, from ECS• Part number 522402, 24 Awg Hi-Tensile (Gulfstream), from ECS• Part number F 2703-48-U AG from Draka Fileca• Part number D620224 from PIC Wire and Cable• Part number D771553 from PIC Wire and CableCABLE TYPE SPECIFICATIONSPart Number Diameter (mm/ in.)Minimum Bend Radius (mm/ in.)Attenuation (dB/100ft)@ 1.6 GHzRG 142/400 NOTE 1 NOTE 1 Approx. 18.0PIC S22089 11.0 / 0.43 63.5 / 2.5 4.8PIC S33141 6.9 / 0.27 35.6 / 1.4 8.6ECS 310801 11.48 / 0.452 57.4 / 2.26 4.6ECS 311201 8.05 / 0.317 40.6 / 1.6 6.7ECS 311501 5.82 / 0.229 30.5 / 1.2 9.1EMTEQ TFLX165 100 4.19 / 0.17 21.6 / 0.85 16.8EMTEQ TFLX295 100 7.95 / 0.31 40.6 / 1.6 7.9EMTEQ TFLX480 100 12.2 / 0.48 57.2 / 2.25 4.5Table 5-52: List of Recommended RF Cables
Recommended CablesTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-8555555.5.5 Recommended Cables for MPDS EthernetCables for MPDS Ethernet on SDU (Quadrax Connector)The cable for the MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT interface on the SDU must be a 100 Ω 4-wire twisted and shielded cable.The following cable type meets the requirements:• Part number 422404, Quadrax 24 Awg, from ECS• Part number 922404, 10BaseT 24 Awg, from ECS• Part number F 4704-4 from Draka FilecaCables for MPDS Ethernet on HSU (Twinax Connector)The cable for the MPDS Ethernet 10BaseT interface on the HSU must be a 100 Ω 2-wire twisted and shielded cable.The following cable types meet the requirements:• Part number F 2703-37 from Draka Fileca• Part number 41483-002-03 from Habia Cable
Commissioning5-86 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.6 Commissioning5.6.1 Inmarsat Aeronautical Service & Solution ProvidersAfter obtaining an Aero-HSD+ system, the owner must settle a contract with an Inmarsat Aeronautical Service & Solution Provider who will handle terminal activation, billing and technical support on the network side.Inmarsat has divided Aeronautical Service & Solution Providers into 2 categories:• Service Providers• Solution ProvidersService ProvidersService Providers operate or have direct access to Inmarsat aeronautical Ground Earth Stations. They supply the network capacity to the Solution Providers. The services are particularly well-suited for airlines and large fleets of aircrafts. An updated list of Service Providers is available here: http://aero.inmarsat.com/how_to_buy/service_providers.aspxSolution ProvidersSolution Provider supply airtime packages, integration and installation expertise. The services are particularly suited to corporate, VIP and government operators. An updated list of Solution Providers is available here:http://aero.inmarsat.com/how_to_buy/solution_providers.aspx
CommissioningTT98-113625-D Chapter 5: Installation 5-8755555.6.2 ActivationAdministrative processThe activation is mainly an administrative process. The customer has to fill-in and sign 2 documents:• The Aeronautical SARF: The Service Activation Registration Form (SARF) is the document required by Inmarsat for Service Activation. It includes information such as the identity of the applicant, the type of equipment applied for and the services required.• The Provider subscription form: Some Service & Solution Providers require a specific subscription form from the terminal owner.Contact the providers for more details on this administrative process. They provide the form for download on their website. Some also provide assistance in filling in the documents.When all the documents are signed, they must be sent by fax or mail to the chosen provider. The activation can take from one day to one week, depending on the provider and the country of registration. Phone numbers and identifiersWhen a terminal is activated, the terminal can be used on the network. The terminal owner receives the phone numbers and identifiers:• IMN (Inmarsat Mobile Numbers) on Swift64.• DDI (Direct Dial-In) on Aero-H+.• Direct phone number: to call the Aero-HSD+ terminal from the ground without specifying the satellite region the terminal is located in (supported by a few providers).For information on how to make a call to the terminal, see Aero-HSD+ User Manual, part number TT98-119959.
Verifying the Installation5-88 Chapter 5: Installation TT98-113625-D5.7 Verifying the InstallationCertain check procedures must be performed during and after installation of the Aero-HSD+ system. The first check procedures are performed after wiring, but before inserting LRUs.For information on the required and recommended check procedures, see Check procedures on page 7-1.
TT98-113625-D 6-1Chapter 66666Configuring the System 66.1 HSD+ Configuration Program6.1.1 OverviewConfiguration parameters from the SDU and HSU are stored in the Configuration Module (CM), which is controlled using the HSD+ Configuration Program (HSD+CP).To access the CM and configure and store necessary operating parameters, a con-figuration terminal consisting of a PC with the HSD+CP is used. The configura-tion terminal makes it possible to:• set up the system with all configurable parameters• read, write and edit a complete set of operating parameters for the system• save/load a configuration to/from a file• import/export selected settings from/to a file• print settings to a printer• get help on specific topics through the Help menu, by pressing F1, or by using the “What’s This?” button
HSD+ Configuration Program6-2 Chapter 6: Configuring the System TT98-113625-D6.1.2 InstallationInstallation Requirements•HSD+CP Installation CD (Part number TT 83-119958-xxx, where xxx is the software version).• A PC running Windows® 95, Windows 98, Windows ME, Windows 2000, Windows XP, or Windows NT systems.Note: To use online help or to print settings, Internet Explorer 4.0 or greater is required.• 1024×768 or higher display resolution. The program is best viewed using small fonts.• Data Cable (Part number TT 37-112940 or equivalent).• An available serial COM port (DB9) for the Data Cable.Installation procedureLocate and start the “setup.exe” file from the root directory on the HSD+CP Installation CD and follow the instructions on screen.
HSD+ Configuration ProgramTT98-113625-D Chapter 6: Configuring the System 6-366666.1.3 Description of HSD+CPNavigationThe following picture shows the HSD+CP user interface.The HSD+CP has a selection tree at the left side of the program window. Click with the mouse or use the keyboard arrows up and down to select the scope of interest. Then adjust the settings in the main window to the right. Figure 6-1: HSD+CP User Interface
HSD+ Configuration Program6-4 Chapter 6: Configuring the System TT98-113625-DApplying SettingsThere is no Apply function during a configuration session. When the view is changed to another session, the settings entered in the first session are maintained.• To apply all settings from the active session to the Aero-HSD+ system, click the W button on the toolbar or select Write configuration to SDU from the Link menu.Note: Settings are only applied to the system after a reset. By default, the option to automatically reset the SDU is enabled when a Write operation is performed from the HSD+CP.• Likewise, to read the settings from the SDU into the active session in the HSD+CP, click the R button or select Read configuration from SDU from the Link menu.The configuration file can be created off-line (i.e. without an SDU connected to the PC). The settings can then be transferred to the SDU at a later stage. Before transferring the settings, connect the TT 37-112940 data cable between the serial port of the PC and the front connector of the SDU. See Figure 5-27: TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant with Front Connector.A short description of each menu is provided in the following section. Basic setup is described in the section Basic Configuration on page 6-6. For further information on the HSD+ Configuration Program, please refer to the built-in help system of the program. Comparing ConfigurationsWhen comparing configurations, it can be useful to have two or more sessions open at the same time. The HSD+CP is a Multiple Document Interface (MDI) program. This means that multiple (in this case four) configuration sessions can be open at the same time, presented as tab pages. Switch between these sessions simply by selecting the tabs or using the Windows menu on the Menu bar.
HSD+ Configuration ProgramTT98-113625-D Chapter 6: Configuring the System 6-566666.1.4 Menu OverviewThe HSD+CP comprises the following sub-items:HSD+CP Configuration - start-up windowSatellite Network - setup of the conditions for logon to the satellite network, including automatic/manual logon, setup of GESs for the H+ service and LESs for the HSD service and initial satellite data.Phone Book - a list of up to 100 phone numbers. From this window you can add, edit and delete information in the phone book and assign quick-dial numbers.Information•Versions etc. - shows• the versions of the software installed in the SDU, the Handsets #1 through 4 and the Antenna.• the PCB numbers of the individual boards in the system.• the serial numbers of the LRUs in the system.• the LRU Revision numbers of the SDU, the HPA and the antenna system.• the build dates and the CRCs of the current builds.•Identification - setup of ICAO address and ISN numbers.Installation•Handsets - setting of handset type, volume, ring tones etc. of the handsets in the system.•Ring Profiles - setup of ring profiles that each determine the behavior of all handsets and annunciators. •RF - setup of antenna and DLNA types, EIRP settings and RF cable losses.•Ext. Systems - setup of external systems such as IRS/AHRS, CMU/ACARS, MCDU/FMS etc.•Date & Time - setup of date and time in the SDU and synchronization.•BITE - List of BITE codes with the option to disable display of selected codes.Tools•Antenna Alignment - Point to a position on the map and view Azimuth and Elevation.•LAN - IP parameters for LAN connection. Under normal conditions, these parameters should not be changed.
HSD+ Configuration Program6-6 Chapter 6: Configuring the System TT98-113625-D6.1.5 Basic ConfigurationFor detailed information on how to use the HSD+CP, please refer to the built-in help system of the program (press F1 or use the Help menu).Minimum SetupAs a minimum, you need to set up •ICAO address.In the navigation window of the HSD+CP, select Identification under Information. Then click the Copy button to copy the strapped ICAO address to the Config Module, or type in the ICAO address in the Config Module field.•Antenna type and heading.Select RF under Installation and select the antenna type. Then enter the Heading, Roll and Pitch offset.•DLNA type and Diplexer loss.In the RF window select the DLNA type and the Diplexer loss of the DLNA.•Cable loss.In the RF window, enter the cable losses in the Cable Loss fields.•Navigation parameters, IRS/AHRS.Select Ext. Systems under Installation. Then select IRS or AHRS, select which interfaces are connected and whether they run at low or high speed.• Preferred LES and Logon PolicySelect ISDN or MPDS service and set up the list of preferred LESs. Set H+ Logon Policy to Automatic or Manual.•Handset parameters, Broadcast Ring Tone.Select Handsets under installation. Then select a ring tone from the Broadcast Ring Tone scroll list.It is also recommended to set up •Preferred GES.Select Satellite Network and set up the list of preferred GESs.
HSD+ Configuration ProgramTT98-113625-D Chapter 6: Configuring the System 6-76666External EquipmentDepending on the connected equipment, it may be necessary to enter information on some of the following items:•Handsets.Select Handsets under Installation.Then enter which handset is installed on which interface and set the parameters for each handset.•Fax.In the Handsets window, select Connected for the 2-wire interface that is connected to a fax. This means the interface will not ring on a broadcast call.•Ring Profiles.Select Ring Profiles under Handsets. Set up one or more profiles that determine which interfaces should ring when a broadcast call is received, and which should not.There are five possible profiles. One of them, “TakeOfLandng”, is preset and cannot be changed. If the “Chime/Lamps Inhibit” input is activated, the “TakeOfLandng” profile is automatically used. This input should be activated during take-off and landing.•CMU/ACARS/MCDU/FMS/WOW.Select Ext. Systems under Installation.Then enter which systems are connected and enter the requested parameters for each system.
Configuration of 3rd Party Phone Systems6-8 Chapter 6: Configuring the System TT98-113625-D6.2 Configuration of 3rd Party Phone Systems6.2.1 MagnaStarSome initial setup of the MagnaStar system is necessary for the system to work properly.Note: The information in this section is only meant as a guideline. For complete information on the function and menus of the MagnaStar system, refer to the MagnaStar manual.To Set up the AIUsUse the handset menus to set up the AIUs as follows:1. Enter the Maintenance menu and navigate to the AIU SATCOM settings.2. Set Impedance to High.3. Set the mode to Handset.To Assign the AIUs to the HandsetsWhen the AIUs are configured, air-to-ground calls can be made, but in order to be able to make ground-to-air calls, an AIU must be assigned for each handset.For each handset, enter the handset menu system and do as follows:1. From the Maintenance menu, navigate to the Satcom Term ID setting.2. Select Station and set the Terminal ID to 001 or 002.To Set the Gain and Side Tone (Older Versions)For some older versions of the MagnaStar system, each handset must be set up as follows, in order to ensure correct operation:1. From the Maintenance menu in the handset, navigate to the following parameters and set them as specified:• Typical Tx Gain: 070• Side tone: 005
Configuration of 3rd Party Phone SystemsTT98-113625-D Chapter 6: Configuring the System 6-966666.2.2 Sigma7There are a few adjustments that are typically made at the time of installation testing. Normally it is necessary to set the ear volume of the handset initially, in order to obtain sufficient volume in the ear piece. Note: The information in this section is only meant as a guideline. For complete information on the function of the Sigma7 handset, refer to the Sigma7 manual.To Set up the Ear VolumeTo set up the ear volume of the handset, do as follows:1. Take the handset out of the cradle and enter the menu system.2. Use the volume control keys to scroll to the EARVOL setting.3. Press the Flash key to select EARVOL.4. Change the volume setting to 4 using the volume control keys.5. Press # to store the setting.To adjust other settings, press Flash to return to the menu. 6. Place the handset back into the cradle.For further information on the Sigma7 handset, refer to the manual for the Sigma7 handset.
Configuration of 3rd Party Phone Systems6-10 Chapter 6: Configuring the System TT98-113625-D6.2.3 2.4GHz CordlessIt is sometimes necessary to adjust the volume of the 2.4GHz Cordless handset, in order to obtain sufficient volume in the ear piece. Also, the setting of the handset might have to be changed from pulse to tone, if this is not already set.Note: The information in this section is only meant as a guideline. For complete information on the function of the 2.4GHz Cordless phone, refer to the manual for your 2.4GHz Cordless phone.Setting the VolumeTo change the volume setting, enter the handset menus and do as follows:1. Scroll to Audio Sett and press OK.2. Select H/Set Vol and press OK.The current volume is heard in the ear piece and the level is displayed.3. Scroll to the desired volume and press OK.To Switch to Tone DiallingTo change the dialling mode, do as follows:1. Open the handset menu.2. Scroll to Temp Tone and press OK.Tone dialling is now active.
Basic Check FlowTT98-113625-D Chapter 7: Check procedures 7-17777Check procedures 77.1 Basic Check FlowImportant Note!None of the check procedures described in this chapter can serve as a replacement for any of the required approvals and certifications. Check ProceduresIn order to ensure the correct function of the system, the below check flow should be followed.1. Pre-Installation Check.Perform this check after wiring, but before inserting the LRUs. This is a check of the most important connections, the circuit breakers, cable losses etc. Refer to Pre-Installation Check on page 7-2.2. Configuration.After performing the Pre-Installation Check, configure the system using the HSD+ Configuration Program. Refer to HSD+ Configuration Program on page 6-1, or consult the built-in online help of the HSD+CP.3. Functional Test, on Ground.When the system is configured and commissioned, a functional test should be performed. The functional test should check all user interfaces, such as voice, fax, high speed data, annunciators, satcom on/off switch etc.Refer to Functional Test, on Ground on page 7-4.4. Interference Test.After the functional test, an interference test should be performed. This test is to verify that transmission from the Aero-HSD+ system has no effect on the avionics of the aircraft, particularly navigation equipment.Refer to Interference Test on page 7-5.Note: If additional avionics are installed in the aircraft at a later stage, the interference test should be performed again to ensure correct operation.5. Functional Test, Airborne.After the interference test, a functional test should be performed while the aircraft is airborne. This test is basically the same as the functional test on ground. Refer to Functional Test, Airborne on page 7-6.
Pre-Installation Check7-2 Chapter 7: Check procedures TT98-113625-D7.2 Pre-Installation CheckIt is recommended to check the installation before inserting LRUs. The following list provides some of the most important issues, but other additional checks may be relevant for the specific installation.Item Description of Check ReferenceSection √Val ue/CommentMounting traysEnsure service/maintenance accessibility.5.2Check that environmental considerations are met (Cooling, air-flow and pressure)B.2Coding of tray connectorsCheck orientation of coding pins in SDU tray connector4.1.3Check orientation of coding pins in HPA tray connector4.2Check orientation of coding pins in HSU tray connector4.3.3Quadrax insert orientationCheck that the Quadrax connector is oriented correctly in the SDU tray connector.4.1.3Grounding studCheck that the grounding stud on the DLNA is connected correctly to aircraft chassis.Circuit breaker rating Check the SDU circuit breaker: 4 A 5.3.2Check the HPA circuit breaker: 20 A 5.3.2Check the HSU circuit breaker: 4 A 5.4.2Table 7-1: Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs.
Pre-Installation CheckTT98-113625-D Chapter 7: Check procedures 7-37777After a successful check of the installation, use the HSD+ Configuration Program to configure the system. For further information, refer to HSD+ Configuration Program on page 6-1, or the built-in help system of the HSD+CP.Note: The cable loss values registered in the above table must be entered into the HSD+ CP during configuration.Polarity of 28 V DC PowerCheck 28 V DC polarity on SDU tray connector(TP1: +28 V DC Power and TP2: GND, Power Return)4.1.35.3.2Check 28 V DC polarity on HPA tray connector (BPA1: +28 V DC Power and BPA2: GND, Power Return)4.25.3.2Check 28 V DC polarity on HSU tray connector (TP1: +28 V DC Power and TP2: GND, Power Return)4.3.35.4.2Handset powerCheck power to the handsets on DB15 connector to be inserted in cradle5.3.84.4.2nOn Check that TP5 (nOn) on the SDU tray connector is connected to a switch or directly to Chassis GND (TP3).5.3.24.1.3Handset connections to CradlesCheck that 2-wire handsets are not connected to 4-wire cradles.RF cable lossesCheck loss from SDU to DLNA 5.3.36.1.5Check loss from SDU to HPACheck loss from HPA to DLNACheck loss from DLNA to AntennaSoftware versionCheck the software version of the SDU.Item Description of Check ReferenceSection √Value/CommentTable 7-1: Check Sheet: Installation Check Before Inserting LRUs.
Functional Test, on Ground7-4 Chapter 7: Check procedures TT98-113625-D7.3 Functional Test, on GroundNote: The system must be commissioned before performing this test. Refer to Commissioning on page 5-86.The following list provides some of the most important checks to perform after power-up, but other additional checks may be relevant for the specific installation.If any of the checks should fail, guidance is provided in the section Initial Troubleshooting on page 8-11.Item Description of Check Reference √Value/CommentSDU LEDs Check that the Power LED is greenCheck that the Fail/Pass LED is greenCheck that the Logon LED is greenVoicehandsets #1 to #6Make an aircraft to ground call Aero-HSD+User ManualMake a ground to aircraft call Aero-HSD+User ManualFax Send an H+ fax from aircraft to groundAero-HSD+User ManualSend an H+ fax from ground to aircraftAero-HSD+User ManualSend an HSD fax from aircraft to groundAero-HSD+User ManualSend an HSD fax from ground to aircraftAero-HSD+User ManualISDN Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the ISDN connection.Aero-HSD+User ManualMPDS (Ethernet) Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the MPDS Ethernet connection. Aero-HSD+User ManualAFIS/ACARS Send test message and verify reply or request for weather data and verify the data is downloaded. Both is done from the FMS. Refer to FMS manual for more info.FMS ManualTable 7-2: Check Sheet: Functional Test, on Ground
Interference TestTT98-113625-D Chapter 7: Check procedures 7-577777.4 Interference TestIntroductionIt is recommended to perform an interference test to ensure that transmission from the Aero-HSD+ system does not influence any of the primary avionics on the aircraft.Important! This test is not a replacement for any EMC tests in connection with e.g. an STC, TC or Field Approval. It is only an additional practical test of the application.TestDuring the test, the aircraft must be on ground. A skilled person should be observing the instruments.1. Log on to the satellite in the lowest possible elevation.2. Place the aircraft in such a position that the satcom antenna transmits in the direction of the other antennas on the aircraft. Example: If the satcom antenna is tail-mounted, place the aircraft with the nose pointing in the direction of the satellite. The antenna will then transmit in the direction of the other antennas placed in front of it.3. While transmission is ongoing, observe all primary navigation instruments, autopilot, VOR/ILS, ADF and DME etc. and make sure none of the instruments are influenced by the Aero-HSD+ transmission. 4. Monitor all VHF communication and make sure squelch is not opened unintentionally.5. If TCAS/ACAS is installed, verify that it is not flagged “FAILED” during satcom transmission.Note: If any additional avionics are installed at a later stage, the interference test should be performed again.
Functional Test, Airborne7-6 Chapter 7: Check procedures TT98-113625-D7.5 Functional Test, AirborneThe following list provides some of the most important checks to perform while the aircraft is airborne, after all on-ground tests are passed. Other additional checks may be relevant for the specific installation.If any of the checks should fail, guidance is provided in the section Initial Troubleshooting on page 8-11.Item Description of Check Reference √Value/CommentVoice Make an air to ground call and keep it up during a 360º turn. Monitor the C/No for any drops during the turn.Aero-HSD+ User ManualMake a ground to air call Aero-HSD+User ManualFax Send an H+ fax from air to ground Aero-HSD+User ManualSend an H+ fax from ground to air Aero-HSD+User ManualSend an HSD fax from air to ground Aero-HSD+User ManualSend an HSD fax from ground to air Aero-HSD+User ManualISDN Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the ISDN connection.Aero-HSD+User ManualMPDS (Ethernet)Connect to the internet from a laptop, using the MPDS Ethernet connection. Aero-HSD+User ManualAFIS/ACARS Send test message and verify reply or request for weather data and verify the data is downloaded. Both is done from the FMS. Refer to FMS manual for more info.FMS ManualTable 7-3: Check Sheet: Functional Test, Airborne
TT98-113625-D 8-1Chapter 88888Maintenance and Troubleshooting88.1 Continued Airworthiness8.1.1 GeneralMaintenance requirements and instructions for continued airworthiness of the Thrane & Thrane units in the Aero-HSD+ System are restricted to the fact that the TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit and the TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit require replacement of an internal battery at a periodic scheduled service task of 7 years (Overhaul). The Overhaul period is defined as the recommended period from production date or last maintenance to next maintenance.When replacing the TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU), it is important to leave the TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) behind, attached to the airframe with a wire. 8.1.2 InstructionsDocumentationMaintenance information for the Aero-HSD+ System is contained in this manual.Wiring diagram information contained in this manual should be placed into the aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.Inoperative UnitsIf a system component is inoperative, remove or replace the unit.If an inoperative SDU is removed, take out the TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) and fasten the CM and wiring. Secure all cables, collect applicable switches and circuit breakers, and label them inoperative. Revise the equipment list and weight and balance as applicable prior to flight and make a log book entry that the unit was removed.For information on how to return a unit for repair, see Returning Units for Repair on page 8-15.Once repaired, reinstall the LRU in the aircraft in accordance with the instructions in this Installation and Maintenance Manual.
Continued Airworthiness8-2 Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting TT98-113625-DScheduled Maintenance ProgramThe high-speed data system components are considered on-condition units and no additional maintenance is required other than a check for security and operation at normal inspection intervals.Scheduled Maintenance Program tasks to be added to the aircraft operator's appropriate aircraft maintenance program are as follows:Recommended Periodic Scheduled Servicing Tasks:TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) 7 yearsTT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU) 7 yearsTT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) none requiredTT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) none requiredTT-5620A 4-Wire Handset none requiredTT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle none requiredTT-5621B 2-Wire Handset none requiredTT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle none required
Continued AirworthinessTT98-113625-D Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting 8-38888Recommended Periodic Inspections:Recommended Periodic Scheduled Preventative Maintenance Tests: (Tests to determine system condition and/or latent failures)TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) none requiredTT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU) none requiredTT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) none requiredTT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) none requiredTT-5620A 4-Wire Handset none requiredTT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle none requiredTT-5621B 2-Wire Handset none requiredTT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle none requiredTT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU) none requiredTT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU) none requiredTT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) none requiredTT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA) none requiredTT-5620A 4-Wire Handset none requiredTT-5622A 4-Wire Cradle none requiredTT-5621B 2-Wire Handset none requiredTT-5622B 2-Wire Cradle none required
Software Update8-4 Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting TT98-113625-D8.2 Software UpdateHardware and Software RequirementsThe following items are required before the software can be updated:• One IBM compatible PC with a 9-pin serial COM port available (or a 25-pin serial COM port with a 25-to-9 converter attached)• One serial interconnect cable 9-pin to 15-pin Sub-D, Thrane & Thrane part no. TT-37-112940. Refer to Figure 5-27: TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant with Front Connector.• A terminal program installed on the PC (e.g. Windows HyperTerminal)• An unzip program installed on the PC (e.g. WinZip)• The zipped file containing the new software. The new software can be obtained using www.tt.dk/aero/support.Preparing the Software UpdateNote: Software update is only allowed with a JAA/FAA145 approval (Repair Station).1. On the PC, unzip the zip file containing the new software.2. Connect the SDU front port to the PC COM port, using the interconnect cable.3. Set the terminal program baud rate to 115200 baud, No parity, 8 bit symbols.4. Set the terminal transmission protocol to Xmodem-1K, binary transfer.
Software UpdateTT98-113625-D Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting 8-58888Updating the Software1. Assure that the terminal program communicates with the SDU by striking the <Enter> key a couple of times. Each keystroke must cause the SDU to reply with a prompt line 'H+>'.2. Turn off the power for the SDU.3. Using the terminal program, start transmission of the new file from the PC to the SDU. Note: The procedure for transmitting a file varies, depending on the terminal program used. Refer to the instructions for the terminal program.4. Power on the SDU.When the file has finished transmission, the SDU will reset itself. Wait until the POST test has finished (the green Pass/Fail LED on the front of the SDU will become steadily green). The first self test after the software upload will take 4½ - 5 minutes (normally it takes 1½ - 2 minutes).5. Mark the new software version on the SDU label.Testing ProcedureTo verify that the software was updated correctly, do as follows:1. From the terminal program, issue the command:version<enter>2. On the resulting screen output, look for the 5th output line: 'Application SW version........... X.YY'-where X.YY stands for the version number of the software.3. Verify that the version number is correct.
Troubleshooting8-6 Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting TT98-113625-D8.3 Troubleshooting8.3.1 Status SignallingBuilt-In Test EquipmentThe SDU provides a Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) function in order to make fault diagnostics easy during service and installation. The BITE test is performed during:• Power On Self Test (POST), which is automatically performed each time the system is powered on.• Person Activated Self Test (PAST), which is initiated by pressing the Push To Test button on the SDU front panel. Also, during operation a Continuous Monitoring BITE function is performed. Each LRU in the Aero-HSD+ system has its own BITE function but they are all controlled and monitored by the SDU in the system. The result of the BITE tests for the complete Aero-HSD+ system is a four digit error code. The two most significant digits represent the main group and are displayed on the SDU front panel. The two least significant digits give further details. All four digits are displayed in the user handset display together with more detailed information. Means of SignallingThe Aero-HSD+ system provides various methods for signalling the status of the system. •LEDs on the front panel of the SDU, optional HSU and the HPA are used to signal:• Power on/off• Logon•Fail/Pass• The handset display in the Thrane & Thrane 4-wire handset is used to display messages concerning:• information from the services• status information from the system to the user• equipment errors.• The BITE display on the SDU is used to display BITE error codes. Refer to System Messages on page C-1.
TroubleshootingTT98-113625-D Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting 8-78888Push to Test (PTT) button on SDUThe SDU has a hardware reset/test button placed on the front panel for BITE purposes. This button is used to reset the SDU and to activate a self test (PAST).LEDs on the SDUPower LEDThe function of the Power LED on the SDU is:Logon LED (H+)The Logon LED on the SDU shows the H+ logon status. The HSD logon status is only signalled in the 4-wire handset.The possible colors are listed below, with a short description of what they indicate:LED Color DescriptionGreen Power OKOrange Uploading softwareOff No powerLED Color DescriptionOff No Acquired Satellite Red Acquired a network satellite Orange Network synchronizationGreen Network Logon
Troubleshooting8-8 Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting TT98-113625-DFail/Pass LED, SDUThe function of the Fail/Pass LED on the SDU is:LEDs on HPAPower LEDThe function of the Power LED on the HPA is:Fail/Pass LEDThe function of the Fail/Pass LED on the HPA is:Behavior DescriptionSteady red Fail Alternating: Short green / long pausePower On Self Test (POST) or Person Activated Self Test (PAST) in progress.Alternating: Long green/ short orange 0.5 Hz No current failure, but a BITE failure / warning is logged in the error log Steady green No faultsBehavior DescriptionSteady green Power OK Off No powerBehavior DescriptionSteady red Fail Off No Faults
TroubleshootingTT98-113625-D Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting 8-98888LEDs on Optional HSUPower LEDThe function of the Power LED on the HSU is:Fail LEDThe function of the Fail LED on the HSU is:Behavior DescriptionSteady green The unit is turned on and has completed POST test.Flashes 0.25 s out of every 4 s (together with the red Fail LED – see below)The unit is turned on but is waiting for the SDU (and has not yet started POST).Flashes 0.5 s out of every 2 s. POST or PAST is in process.Off No power.Behavior DescriptionSteady red A fault which may degrade the system operation is present in the HSU.Flashing (together with the Power LED – see above)The unit is turned on but is waiting for the SDU (and has not yet started POST).Off Normal operation. No faults are present, and the unit is no longer waiting for the SDU.
Troubleshooting8-10 Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting TT98-113625-DMessagesTwo types of messages are displayed in the Thrane & Thrane 4-wire handsets.• Cause codes are information from the services or status information from the system to the user.• BITE codes are information about errors in the equipment.BITE codes are also shown in the BITE display of the SDU and in the display of the 4-wire handset.For further information and lists of the possible error codes, see the appendix System Messages on page C-1.BITE Display on SDUThe two-digit 7-segment BITE display (green) is used for displaying BITE codes. Only the two most significant digits of the four-digit BITE codes are shown in the SDU display. For further information and a list of the BITE codes, refer to BITE Error Codes on page C-17.
TroubleshootingTT98-113625-D Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting 8-1188888.3.2 Initial TroubleshootingOverviewThis section describes an initial check of the primary functions of the Aero-HSD+ system, and provides some guidelines for troubleshooting, if one of the checks should fail.Generally, if a fault occurs without any obvious reason, it is always recommended to observe the LEDs and the BITE display.For information on the function of the LEDs and the BITE display, refer to Status Signalling on page 8-6. For a list of all the BITE codes and Cause codes, refer to the appendix System Messages on page C-1. It may sometimes be necessary to use terminal commands for debugging, using the front Maintenance port of the SDU.For information on how to use the front port for debugging, see Using Commands on page D-1.
Troubleshooting8-12 Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting TT98-113625-DCheck of LEDsThe below flow chart shows the initial check of the LEDs on the SDU, HPA and HSU.Figure 8-1: Initial Check of LEDsCheck:yPower connectionsyCircuit BreakersynOn input (TP5)NoNoCheck for errorcodes in:yBITE displayon SDUyHandsetyMaintenanceport.Set logon policyto automatic orlog on manuallyCheck:yLogon Cause code in handset (or maintenance port).yHPA tray connector.yHPA correct in tray.yTx RF cable and connectors.ySignal strength: Refer to the section about signalstrength in the User Manual. If low, check that theantenna has line of sight to the satellite and that thenavigation data are correct.yRx RF cable and connectors.ySDU tray connector.ySDU correct in tray.yAntenna system incl. DLNA.yIs ICAO address commissioned?NoNoNoCheck:ySignal strength: Refer to the section about signalstrength in the User Manual. If low, check that theantenna has line of sight to the satellite and that thenavigation data are correct.yRx RF cable and connectors.ySDU tray connector.ySDU correct in tray.yAntenna system incl. DLNA.YesYesYesSDU Power LEDgreen?SDU Fail/Pass LEDsteady green?SDU LogonLED green?YesYesYesCheck:yPower connectionsyCircuit BreakersynOn input (BP6)HPA PowerLED green?Continue to:Check of MPDS,ISDN and HandsetsHPA relatedBITE?Check:yPower connectionsyCircuit BreakersynOn input (BP6)HSU PowerLED green?HSU relatedBITE?NoYesNoYesTroubleshootaccording to BITEcode. If you are unableto resolve the issue,call Thrane & ThraneCustomer Service.NoYesYesNoCheck:yHPA correct in trayySDU to HPA RF cableySDU-HPA control signals(SDU BP78-BP81 andHPA BP25-BP28)Check:yHSU correct in trayySDU-HSU controlsignals (SDU BP32-BP35+BP56 and HSUTP19-TP22+TP8)Error found? NoSDU LogonLED off?SDU LogonLED red?SDU LogonLED orange?
TroubleshootingTT98-113625-D Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting 8-138888Check of MPDS, ISDN and HandsetsAfter checking the LEDs, the user functions should be checked.The below flow chart shows the initial check of MPDS, ISDN and handsets.Figure 8-2: Initial Check of MPDS, Fax, 4-Wire Handsets and ISDNContinue toCheck of FAX.Check:yHSD logged on.yPC to router connection haslink.yPC has correct IP address.yPC can ping router.yRouter configuration.YesNoNoMPDS working?4-wire handsetsworking?YesDialing?YesNo SDU LANLink?NoYesCheck:yWiring between SDU Quadraxconnector and PC/router.yRouter is powered.Check:yHSD ch signal strength > 54dB/Hz.yPPPoE username/password.yISN number is commissioned.yCall release code on maintenance port.NoISDN DATAworking? Dialing?Check:yHSD ch signal strength > 54dB/Hz.yPPP username/password (from service provider).yISN number is commissioned.yCall release code on maintenance port.YesNoCheck:yHSD logged on.yWiring between SDU (BP66-69) and PC/Router.If router installed, check:yPC to router connection haslink.yPC has correct IP address.yPC can ping routeryRouter configuration.2-wire handsetsworking?Internalcall OKNoAir toGND OKGND toair OKNoNoCheck:yHandset plugged correctly into cradle.yWiring from cradle to SDU.yHandset configuration in HSD+CP.YesYesCheck:yCall release code displayed in the handsetwhile making a call. Troubleshoot accordingly.Check:yDialed number is correct as shown onactivation form.yHandset is not inhibited by flaps or slats.yRouting is correct (ask your service provider).Dialtone? NoCheck:yHandset plugged correctly into cradle.yWiring from cradle to SDU.NoYes Check:yError tone in handset when dialing.yCall release code on maintenance port.Data 2(AFIS/ACARS)working?No System"ready"NoCheck:yConnection between SDU (BP41-45) andCMU.yConfiguration in HSD+CP. CMU/ACARSmarked "Connected" and correct speedselected.YesIf handset shows "Circuit mode", your ICAOnumber is not commisioned for DATA 2.Note 1. HSD dial attempt can be seen as an increase in C/No of approximately 5-7 dB on the HSD channel.Note 1.Note 1.YesYesYes
Troubleshooting8-14 Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting TT98-113625-DCheck of FaxThe below flow chart shows the initial check of the fax interfaces.Figure 8-3: Initial Check of FaxCheck OKYesNoNoCheck:yConnection from fax "Line" toSDU port 5 (TP19/6) or6 (TP8/7)Check:yConnection to correct port onSDU by dialing 5# or 6# froma handset.yRing Profiles correctly set up.yService Provider has systemsetup for "FAX on H+" and oncorrect port (same as above).Check:yThe fax machine is set foroverseas mode.yUse "00" as prefix.yThe router uses "3.1KHzaudio" service.Check:yThe fax machine is set foroverseas mode.yThe fax is set to pick up aftertwo or less rings.Yes NoNoYesNoYesNoYesFax working? Fax on H+? Dialtone?Ringing?Fax onHSD?Sending OK(Air to GND)Problemsreceiving?Check:yThe fax machine is set foroverseas mode.yUse "01" as prefix.yFax startup transmit speed:2400 bit/s (recommended).Check:yThe fax machine is set foroverseas mode.yThe fax is set to pick up aftertwo or less rings.yThe fax is in "FAX mode".YesNoNoSending OK(Air to GND)Receive OK(GND to Air)YesCheck:yHSD logged on.yConnection from fax "Line" torouter or SDU.yRouter works for ISDN data.Check:yService Provider has systemsetup for "FAX on HSD".NoNoYesDialtone?Ringing?
Returning Units for RepairTT98-113625-D Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting 8-1588888.4 Returning Units for Repair8.4.1 Return Material Authorization (RMA)To return equipment to Thrane & Thrane for repair this RMA procedure must be followed.Failure to comply with this procedure may cause shipping delays and additional charges.Warranty ReturnsEquipment that qualifies for warranty repair can be returned to Thrane & Thrane for repair or replacement at our discretion. The customer is charged for the shipping costs to Thrane & Thrane, and Thrane & Thrane will pay the shipping costs to return the repaired/replaced unit to the customer. Non-Warranty ReturnsEquipment that fails to work properly because of improper or negligent use, abuse, shipping damaged or any other condition can still be returned to Thrane & Thrane for repair or replacement at our discretion.The customer will be notified of the cost to repair or replace the unit before invoicing for repair or replacement. The customer is charged for the shipping cost to and from Thrane & Thrane.Repackaging RequirementsAn Aero-HSD+ unit must be returned to Thrane & Thrane in suitable ESD secured shipping containers; failure to do so may invalidate the warranty.
Returning Units for Repair8-16 Chapter 8: Maintenance and Troubleshooting TT98-113625-DRMA ProcedureBefore returning units to Thrane & Thrane for repair, please follow this procedure:1. Have the following information ready before calling the Customer Service Center:• T&T Model number (example: TT405035A SDU).• Serial number (example: 00443322).• A thorough description of the fault.• Aircraft serial number and/or tail number.2. Call Thrane & Thrane Inc. Customer Service at: +1-757-463-9557 and ask for Aero-HSD+ support.3. Describe the fault as thoroughly as possible and ask for assistance. In some cases, the error may be resolved over the phone. 4. If the unit has to be returned for repair, request an RMA number.5. Request replacement/loan unit if required.6. Pack the equipment or parts to be returned in approved shipping containers. 7. Write the RMA number on the outside of all shipping containers and ship to:Thrane & Thrane Inc.509 Viking Drive SuiteVA 23452 Virginia BeachUSA
Appendices A
TT98-113625-D A-1Appendix AAAAAEquipment Specifications AA.1 IntroductionImportant Note!The information, drawings, and wiring diagrams contained in this manual are intended as a reference for engineering planning only. It is the installer’s responsibility to compose installation drawings specific to the aircraft. A.1.1 Total Weight of the Aero-HSD+ SystemThe total weight of the basic Thrane & Thrane units in an Aero-HSD+ system is: 26.04 lbs ± 1.21 lbs (11.78 kg ± 0.55 kg).Note: Cables are not included. The weight comprises the following units:•TT-5035A SDU 7.72 lbs ±0.22 lbs (3.50 kg ±0.10 kg)(incl. TT-5035A-001 CM)• TT-5014A HPA 11.24 lbs ±0.44 lbs (5.10 kg ±0.20 kg)•TT-5012A DLNA 5.8 lbs ±0.33 lbs (2.60 kg ±0.15 kg)•TT-5620A Handset 0.68 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.31 kg ±0.05 kg)•TT-5622A Cradle 0.60 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.27 kg ± 0.05 kg)
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsA-2 Appendix A: Equipment Specifications TT98-113625-DA.2 Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsA.2.1 TT-5035A Satellite Data Unit (SDU)Specification with TT-5035A-001 Configuration Module (CM) mounted.Characteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H)ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short, 3 MCU 12.62” x 7.62” x 3.56”(320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 90.4 mm)Weight 7.72 lbs ±0.22 lbs (3.5 kg ±0.1 kg) incl. Configuration ModuleMounting Mount in an ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray in a temperature controlled location.Forced cooling is not recommended.Supply VoltagePower Hold-upNominal: +28.0 V DCVoltage rangecontinuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DCshort time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC5 ms. fully operational, 200 ms. Power Save Mode.Power Consumption Max. 48 Wa, typ. 30 W.a. Includes 4 x 4-wire handsets, 2 x 2-wire handsets, 4 ISDN phones and one TT-5012A DLNA.Connectors Rear: ARINC 404AFront: SUB-D 15 Female.Operating Temperature -25 ºC to +55 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-1: General Specifications for SDU
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsTT98-113625-D Appendix A: Equipment Specifications A-3AAAAA.2.2 TT-5014A High Power Amplifier (HPA)Characteristics SpecificationDimensions(L x W x H)ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short, 3 MCU12.62” x 7.79” x 3.66”(320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 93.0 mm)Weight 11.24 lbs ±0.44 lbs (5.1 kg ±0.2 kg) Mounting Can be installed in a non-temperature controlled location.The HPA is designed with built-in forced cooling. Do not block the cooling air holes. Minimum clearance top and bottom: 1” (25 mm) Mount in ARINC 404A 3/8 ATR short tray with oval cut-out as shown in Figure 3-12: Outline Drawing: Tray for SDU and HPA.. Supply VoltagePower Hold-upNominal: +28.0 V DCVoltage range,continuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DCshort time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC5 ms. fully operational, 200 ms. Power Save Mode.Power Consumption Max. 200 W, Absolute max. 235 W incl. Chelton HGA-7000 antenna.Composite Output Power 37.4 W (Burst Mode)30.0 W (Continuous Mode)Connectors Rear: ARINC 404AOperating Temperature -55 ºC to +70 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-2: General Specifications for HPA
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsA-4 Appendix A: Equipment Specifications TT98-113625-DA.2.3 TT-5012A Diplexer Low Noise Amplifier (DLNA)Characteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 10.58” x 7.64” x 1.95”(268.8 mm x 194.0 mm x 49.5 mm)Weight 5.8 lbs ±0.33 lbs (2.6 kg ±150 g)Mounting Should be mounted as close to the Antenna unit as possible. Place the DLNA with sufficient contact to the surface, respecting the max. resistance of 3 mΩ. The DLNA can be mounted on a shelf or directly on the fuselage. If the DLNA is mounted directly on fuselage, mount with Cadmium plated washers.Make sure the ground stud is connected to fuselage. Supply Voltage +12 V DC, provided by SDU via coaxial cable. Short circuit protected.Power Consumption Max. 1.6 W (included in SDU power consumption).Operating Temperature -55 ºC to +70 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-3: General Specifications for DLNA
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsTT98-113625-D Chapter A: Equipment Specifications A-5AAAAA.2.4 TT-5038A High Speed Data Unit (HSU)Characteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H)ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short, 2 MCU12.62” x 7.62” x 2.25”(320.5 mm x 193.5 mm x 57.2 mm)Weight 4.63 lbs ±0.22 lbs (2.1 kg ±100 g)Mounting Mount in an ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short tray in a temperature controlled location.Forced cooling is not recommended.Supply VoltagePower Hold-upNominal: +28.0 V DCVoltage range,continuous operation: +20.5 V DC to 32.2 V DCshort time operation: +18.0 V DC to 32.2 V DC5 ms. fully operational, 200 ms. Power Save Mode.Power Consumption Max. 23 Wa, typ. 13 W.a. The ISDN terminals connected to the ISDN interface are assumed to consume maximum 4.5 W.Connectors Rear: ARINC 404AFront: SUB-D 9 Female.Operating Temperature -25 ºC to +55 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-4: General Specifications for HSU
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsA-6 Chapter A: Equipment Specifications TT98-113625-DA.2.5 TT-5038A-002 Tx Coupler for Optional HSUCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H)ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short, 2 MCU4.20” x 2.25” x 0.88”(106.6 mm x 57.1 mm x 22.4 mm)including connectors.Weight 0.50 lbs ±0.02 lbs (230 g ±10 g)Mounting Can be mounted in an unpressurized but temperature controlled location.Connectors 3 x N-connector, Female.Operating Temperature -25 ºC to +55 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-5: General Specifications for Tx Coupler
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsTT98-113625-D Chapter A: Equipment Specifications A-7AAAAA.2.6 TT-5038A-003 Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSUCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H)ARINC 404A 1/4 ATR short, 2 MCU3.42” x 2.00” x 0.75”(86.8 mm x 50.8 mm x 19.1 mm)including connectors.Weight 0.32 lbs ±0.02 lbs (146 g ±10 g)Mounting If the Rx Power Splitter is to be mounted on a flat surface, mount it on a 3 mm mounting plate to provide enough space for mounting of the connectors.Can be mounted in an unpressurized but temperature controlled location.Connectors 3 x N-connector, Female.Built-in DC-block on the HSU port.Operating Temperature -25 ºC to +55 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-6: General Specifications for Rx Power Splitter
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesA-8 Chapter A: Equipment Specifications TT98-113625-DA.3 Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesA.3.1 TT-5620A 4-Wire HandsetCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 7.87” x 2.05” x 1.24”(200.0 mm x 52.0 mm x 31.5 mm)Weight 0.68 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.31 kg ±50 g) incl. cable.Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location.Supply Voltage +28 V DC, provided by SDU via Handset Cradle.Power Consumption Max. 3.5 W for handset and cradle (included in SDU power consumption).Operating Temperature -25 ºC to +55 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-7: General Specifications for 4-Wire Handset
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesTT98-113625-D Chapter A: Equipment Specifications A-9AAAAA.3.2 TT-5622A 4-Wire CradleCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 6.30” x 2.40” x 1.12”(160.5 mm x 61.0 mm x 28.4 mm)Weight 0.60 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.27 kg ±50 g) incl. connector cable.Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location.Supply Voltage +28 V DC, provided by SDU.Power Consumption See TT-5620A 4-Wire Handset on page A-8.Operating Temperature -25 ºC to +55 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-8: General Specifications for 4-Wire Cradle
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesA-10 Chapter A: Equipment Specifications TT98-113625-DA.3.3 TT-5621B 2-Wire HandsetCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 7.87” x 2.05” x 1.24”(200.0 mm x 52.0 mm x 31.5 mm)Weight 0.49 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.22 kg ±50 g) incl. cable.Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location.VoltageOn hook, no load DC Ringing voltage20 V DC -10%, +50%39 Vrms ± 5% Off hook loop current 25 mA ± 15%Power Max. 750 mW for handset and cradle (included in SDU power consumption).Operating Temperature -25 ºC to +55 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-9: General Specifications for 2-Wire Handset
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesTT98-113625-D Chapter A: Equipment Specifications A-11AAAAA.3.4 TT-5622B 2-Wire CradleCharacteristics SpecificationDimensions (L x W x H) 6.30” x 2.40” x 1.12”(160.5 mm x 61.0 mm x 28.4 mm)Weight 0.43 lbs ±0.11 lbs (0.20 kg ±50 g) incl. connector cable.Mounting Mount in a pressurized and temperature controlled location.Voltage See TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset on page A-10.Power See TT-5621B 2-Wire Handset on page A-10.Operating Temperature -25 ºC to +55 ºCAltitude 55000 ftEnvironmental Categories Refer to Environmental Qualification form in the appendix DO-160C/D Specifications on page B-1 in this manual.Table A-10: General Specifications for 2-Wire Cradle
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesA-12 Chapter A: Equipment Specifications TT98-113625-D
TT98-113625-D B-1Appendix BBBBBDO-160C/D Specifications BB.1 GeneralB.1.1 Certifying AgencyApproval of the Aero-HSD+ system is not authorized by this installation manual. Acceptance for the installation and use of the Aero-HSD+ system and its associated components must be obtained through the appropriate offices of the CAA or other certifying agency. It is recommended that all proposed installations be coordinated with the local jurisdiction of the CAA or other certifying agency prior to performing the installation.B.1.2 Environmental Qualification FormsThe environmental qualification forms list the environmental categories under which all Thrane & Thrane components of the Aero-HSD+ system are approved.Please refer to RTCA DO-160C/D for further details on the following environmental qualification forms.
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsB-2 Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications TT98-113625-DB.2 Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsB.2.1 Satellite Data Unit T&T Part Number: 405035ADO-160D string: [(A1)(F1)X]CAB[(S2B2)(SM)]EXXXXXZ[A()B]A[A()B]Z[RR]M[A3E3]XXARTCA/DO-160D Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 VibrationRadio Frequency Susceptibility8.020.0Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power InputAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs16.018.0Table B-1: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, SDUConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1 and F1Installation in controlled temperature locations and inside or outside pressurized locations.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -25°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X Forced cooling is not recommended.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000ftTemperature Variation 5.0 C Installation within controlled temperature locations: 2°/min.Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.Installation within environmentally controlled zones.Operational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Table B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsTT98-113625-D Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications B-3BBBBVibration 8.0 S2B2SMStandard random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet or turbofan engines.Standard sinusoidal vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Reciprocating or turbopropeller engines.Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console or equipment rack. Explosion Proofness 9.0 EWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 Z Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 mPower Input 16.0 A()B Power supply: +28 V DC.Reconnection of voice and data calls is not required, if a power interrupt less than 200 ms occurs during transfer of power sources.Voltage Spike 17.0 AAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 A()BInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 MConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsB-4 Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications TT98-113625-DB.2.2 Configuration ModuleT&T Part Number: 405035A-001DO-160D string: Please refer to the section Satellite Data Unit on page B-2, as the Configuration Module is an integral part of the SDU during normal operation and tests. Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A3E3 Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.The Configuration Module is an integrated part of the SDU, and so the pin injection tests are not required for the Configuration Module interface.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) 25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-2: Environmental Qualification Form for SDU
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsTT98-113625-D Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications B-5BBBBB.2.3 High Power AmplifierT&T Part Number: 405014ADO-160D string: [(A2)(F2)Z]BBB[SCL]EXXXXXZ[A()B]A[A()B]Z[RR]M[A3E3]XXARTCA/DO-160D Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 VibrationRadio Frequency Susceptibility8.020.0Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power InputAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs16.018.0Table B-3: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, HPAConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A2 and F2Installation in non-controlled temperature locations and inside or outside pressurized locations.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -55°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +70°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 Z Continuous operation at 40°C, tested with internal fan turned off.Use the recommended tray and leave at least 1 inch (25 mm) of free space above and below the HPA, to allow free airflow.The HPA is overheat protected.External forced cooling is not recommended.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 B Installation within non-temperature-controlled location: 5°C/min.Humidity 6.0 B Severe humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 65°C for 240 hours.Installation within non-environmentally controlled zones.Table B-4: Environmental Qualification Form for HPA
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsB-6 Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications TT98-113625-DOperational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Vibration 8.0 SCL Standard sinusoidal and random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet, turbofan, reciprocating or turbopropeller engines.Aircraft zone: FuselageExplosion Proofness 9.0 EWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 Z Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 mPower Input 16.0 A()B Power supply: +28 V DC.Reconnection of voice and data calls is not required, if a power interrupt less than 200 ms occurs during transfer of power sources.Voltage Spike 17.0 AAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 A()BInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 MLightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A3E3 Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) 25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-4: Environmental Qualification Form for HPA
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsTT98-113625-D Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications B-7BBBBB.2.4 Diplexer and Low Noise AmplifierT&T Part Number: 405012A-THRDO-160C string: [A2F2]-BA[CLY]XXXXXXA[AB]A[AB]Z[UR]ZA3E2XXRTCA/DO-160C Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 2 June 19, 1992 Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility 22.0Change No. 3 May 13, 1993 Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0Table B-5: RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, DLNAConditions DO-160C Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A2 and F2Installation in non-controlled temperature locations inside or outside pressurized locations.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -55°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +70°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 - No forced cooling required.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 B Installation within partially or non-controlled temperature locations: 5°C/min.Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.Installation within environmentally controlled zonesOperational Shocks and Crash SafetyOperational ShockCrash Safety7.07.27.3YesYesYesEquipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Table B-6: Environmental Qualification Form for DLNA
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsB-8 Appendix B: DO-160C/D Specifications TT98-113625-DVibration 8.0 CLYStandard sinusoidal and random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet, turbofan, reciprocating or turbopropeller engines.Aircraft type: Helicopter. Turbojet or reciprocating engines.Aircraft Zone: FuselageExplosion Proofness 9.0 X No test required Waterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 A Magnetic deflection distance: 0.3 m to 1 mPower Input 16.0 AB +12 V DC power is provided by the SDU through the Rx coax cable.Voltage Spike 17.0 A +12 V DC power is provided by the SDUAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 AB +12 V DC power is provided by the SDUInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Radio Frequency Susceptibility20.0 UREmission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A3E2 Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredConditions DO-160C Cat. CommentsTable B-6: Environmental Qualification Form for DLNA
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsTT98-113625-D Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications B-9BBBBB.2.5 High Speed Data Unit (Optional)T&T Part Number: 405038ADO-160D string: [(A1)(F1)X]CBB[(S2B2)(SM)]EXXXXXZ[A()B]A[A()B]Z[RR]M[A3E3]XXAFor the environmental qualification form for the HSU, please refer to the section Satellite Data Unit on page B-2, as the forms are identical for the SDU and the HSU, except for:Humidity, DO-160 section 6.0, tested to category B, Severe Humidity Environment (240 hours, 65°C, 95% humidity).
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsB-10 Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications TT98-113625-DB.2.6 Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter for Optional HSUT&T Part Numbers: 405038A-002 and 405038A-003DO-160D string: [(A1)(F1)X]CBB[SCL]EXXXXXZXXXZ[RR]M[A3E3]XXARTCA/DO-160D Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 1 Dec. 14, 2000 VibrationRadio Frequency Susceptibility8.020.0Change No. 2 June 12, 2001 Power InputAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs16.018.0Table B-7: RTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers, Tx Coupler and Rx Power SplitterConditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1 and F1Installation in controlled temperature locations and inside or outside pressurized locations.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -25°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X Forced cooling is not recommended.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 C Installation within controlled temperature locations: 2°/min.Humidity 6.0 B Severe humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 65°C for 240 hours.Installation within non-environmentally controlled zones.Operational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Table B-8: Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter
Aero-HSD+ System ComponentsTT98-113625-D Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications B-11BBBBVibration 8.0 SCL Standard sinusoidal and random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet, turbofan, reciprocating or turbopropeller engines.Aircraft zone: FuselageExplosion Proofness 9.0 EWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 Z Magnetic deflection distance: < 0.3 mPower Input 16.0 X No test requiredVoltage Spike 17.0 X No test requiredAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 X No test requiredInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is requiredRadio Frequency Susceptibility20.0 RR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 MLightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A3E3 Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) 25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-8: Environmental Qualification Form for Tx Coupler and Rx Power Splitter
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesB-12 Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications TT98-113625-DB.3 Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesB.3.1 4-Wire Handset and 4-Wire CradleT&T Part Number: 405620A-THW / 405620A-THR / 405622A-THW / 405622A-THRDO-160C String: A1-BA[MNB]XXXXXXAXXXB[UR]ZXXE3XXRTCA/DO-160C Change NumbersChange Number Date of Issue Title SectionChange No. 2 June 19, 1992 Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility 22.0Change No. 3 May 13, 1993 Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0Table B-9: RTCA/DO-160C Change Numbers, 4-wire Handset and CradleConditions DO-160C Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1 Installation in controlled temperature and pressurized location.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -25°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 - No forced cooling required.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ft Decompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 B Installation within partially or non-controlled temperature locations: 5°C/min.Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.Installation within environmentally controlled zonesOperational Shocks and Crash SafetyOperational ShockCrash Safety7.07.27.3YesYesYesEquipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Table B-10: Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesTT98-113625-D Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications B-13BBBBVibration 8.0 MBNStandard sinusoidal and random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet, turbofan, reciprocating or turbopropeller engines.Aircraft type: Helicopter. Turbojet or reciprocating engines.Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console or equipment rack.Explosion Proofness 9.0 X No test requiredWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 A Magnetic deflection distance: 0.3 m to 1 mPower Input 16.0 X No test required. DC power is provided by the SDU.Voltage Spike 17.0 X No test requiredAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility - Power Inputs18.0 X No test requiredInduced Signal Susceptibility19.0 B Installation where interference is controlled to a tolerable level.Radio Frequency Susceptibility20.0 UREmission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 Z Equipment intended for operation in systems where interference-free operation is required.Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 XXE3 Cable Bundle Test: Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredConditions DO-160C Cat. CommentsTable B-10: Environmental Qualification Form for 4-Wire Handset and Cradle
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesB-14 Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications TT98-113625-DB.3.2 2-Wire Handset and 2-Wire CradleT&T Part Number: 405621B-THW / 405621B-THR / 405622B-THW / 405622B-THRDO-160D String: [A1X]CAB[(SMB2)(SM)(UFF1)]XXXXXXAXXXB[RRR]M[A2E3]XXARTCA/DO-160D Change Numbers: Original DO-160D. Date of issue: July 29, 1997Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTemperature and Altitude 4.0 A1 Installation in controlled temperature and pressurized location.Low Temperature 4.5.1 Min. operating low temperature: -25°CHigh Temperature 4.5.2 & 4.5.3 Max. operating high temperature: +55°CIn-Flight Loss of Cooling 4.5.4 X No forced cooling required.Altitude 4.6.1 Max. altitude: 55000 ftDecompression 4.6.2 Decompression at 55000 ftOverpressure 4.6.3 Overpressure test at -15000 ftTemperature Variation 5.0 C Installation within controlled temperature locations: 2°/min.Humidity 6.0 A Standard Humidity: 95% relative humidity at 38°C to 50°C for 48 hours.Installation within environmentally controlled zones.Operational Shocks and Crash Safety7.0 B Equipment tested to: Standard operational shocks and crash safety.Vibration 8.0 S2B2SMUFF1Standard random vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Turbojet or turbofan engines.Standard sinusoidal vibration:Aircraft type: Fixed wing. Reciprocating or turbopropeller engines.Robust Sine-on-Random vibration:Aircraft type: Helicopter. Turbojet or reciprocating engines.Aircraft zone: Instrument panel, console or equipment rack.Explosion Proofness 9.0 X No test requiredTable B-11: Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesTT98-113625-D Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications B-15BBBBWaterproofness 10.0 X No test requiredFluids Susceptibility 11.0 X No test requiredSand and Dust 12.0 X No test requiredFungus Resistance 13.0 X No test requiredSalt Spray 14.0 X No test requiredMagnetic Effect 15.0 A Magnetic deflection distance: 0.3 m to 1 mPower Input 16.0 X No test requiredVoltage Spike 17.0 X No test requiredAudio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility18.0 X No test requiredInduced Signal Susceptibility 19.0 B Installation where interference is controlled to a tolerable level.Radio Frequency Susceptibility 20.0 RRR High Intensity Radiated Field (HIRF) associated with normal environment.Emission of Radio Frequency Energy21.0 MLightning induced Transient Susceptibility22.0 A2E3 Cable bundle test: Equipment and wiring in moderately exposed environment in an all metal airframe.Lightning Direct Effects 23.0 X No test requiredIcing 24.0 X No test requiredElectrostatic Discharge (ESD) 25.0 A Operation, installation and repair in an aerospace environment.Conditions DO-160D Cat. CommentsTable B-11: Environmental Qualification Form for 2-Wire Handset and Cradle
Aero-HSD+ Handsets and CradlesB-16 Chapter B: DO-160C/D Specifications TT98-113625-D
TT98-113625-D C-1Appendix CCCCCSystem Messages CC.1 Types of MessagesThe Aero-HSD+ system announces messages in the 4-wire handset. One type of messages is Cause codes, which are information from the satcom services or status information from the system to the user. Another type is BITE codes, which are information from the Aero-HSD+ system. This information is a result of a POST or PAST sequence or Continuous Monitoring performed by the Built-In Test Equipment.
Cause CodesC-2 Appendix C: System Messages TT98-113625-DC.2 Cause CodesC.2.1 H+ Cause CodesLogon Reject Cause CodesDisplay Text ID Description GuidanceClassReject 0x88 Class rejected The GES does not support this class.GlobChanLoss 0x82 Global channel lossGlobCunavlb 0x09 Global C channel not available at GESManualLogRej 0x89 Manual login rejected Manual logon is not allowed when logon policy is automatic.NetworkFail 0x03 Network FailureNoGesSignal 0x81 No GES signalNoInitData 0x86 No valid system table availableNoSatSignal 0x80 No satellite signal Verify that there is no obstacle between the Satellite and the AES antenna.NotAuthorizd AES not authorized Verify that the ICAO address used is correct; if it is, contact the service provider to verify that the ICAO address is registered.OtherReason 0x0E Other ReasonOutsideCover 0x84 Outside spot beam coverage The AES is not under a spot beam of the specified GES.P/R/Tunavlb 0x07 Packet data channel unavailablePkdtaUnavlb 0x08 Packet data service unavailableSDUfailure 0x8A SDU failure Check the current BITE errors.SpotChanLoss 0x83 Spot channel lossTableFull 0x00 Table FullUserLogoff 0x87 User logoffVCC&dUnavlb 0x0A Voice not available at GESTable C-1: List of H+ Logon Reject Cause Codes
Cause CodesTT98-113625-D Appendix C: System Messages C-3CCCCCall Reject Cause CodesVoiceUnavlb 0x01 Voice UnavailableWrongGES 0x85 GES not existing Check GES id validity.WrongGESid 0x06 Wrong GES identifier Check GES id validity.WrongParam 0x02 Wrong ParameterWrongSatID 0x05 Wrong Satellite identifier Check satellite id validity.Display Text ID Description GuidanceTable C-1: List of H+ Logon Reject Cause CodesDisplay Text ID(S-C-V)aDescription Guidance0-1-0 Normal clearingAddrComplete 1-0-1 Address completeAESabsent 1-7-3 AES absentAnalogFail 1-2-3 Analog data equipment not availableAnalogRate 1-6-2 Required analog data rate not supportedBusy 0-1-1 User busyCallBared 1-4-3 Incoming calls barredCallPreempt 1-1-1 Call pre-emptedCallRejected 0-1-5 Call rejected CardInvalid 1-6-1 Credit card type not supportedCardRejected 1-3-1 Credit card number rejectedChanAbsent 0-4-2 Channel type not implementedDigitalFail 1-2-4 Digital data equipment not availableDigitalRate 1-6-3 Required digital data rate not supportedGndDestFail 0-1-11 Destination out of serviceTable C-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes
Cause CodesC-4 Appendix C: System Messages TT98-113625-DHandover 1-7-4 Spot beam handoverInvalidAddr 1-3-2 Invalid/incomplete addressInvalidNumbr 0-1-12 Invalid number formatNetwork busy 1-5-1 Continuity failure One end of the line has unexpectedly lost communication with the other, in most cases because the network is busy. NetworkFail 0-2-6 Network FailureNoAnswer 0-1-2 No user respondingNoChanAvail 1-2-1 No channel availableNoCircuit 0-2-2 No circuit/channel availableNoRoute 0-0-3 No route to destinationNoUnitAvail 1-2-2 No channel unit available Possible causes:1. Both H+ voice channels are already in use, and none of the existing calls can be pre-empted.2. Not enough EIRP to initiate a call, and no other call can be pre-empted.3. All allocated H+ channels on the GES are in use.SatDestFail 1-4-1 Destination out of serviceServiceType 1-6-5 Service type not supportedSwitchBusy 0-2-10 Switching equipment congestionUnassignedNo 1-7-2 Unassigned numberUnauthorized 1-4-2 AES not authorizedUndefined 1-7-15 Undefined causeUnspecified 0-1-15 Normal, unspecifiedUser Busy 1-7-1 User busyVoiceTypeErr 1-6-4 Voice channel type not supportedWrongNumber 0-0-1 Unassigned numbera. S=Coding Standard, C=Cause Class, V=Cause ValueDisplay Text ID(S-C-V)aDescription GuidanceTable C-2: List of H+ Call Reject Cause Codes
Cause CodesTT98-113625-D Appendix C: System Messages C-5CCCCC.2.2 MPDS Cause CodesLayer 2 Reason CodesL2 Reason Number Interpretation700 Reason Unspecified 701 L3 Release 702 L3 Deregister 703 L3 Reject 716 SAN Idle Timer Expiry 717 MAN Idle Timer Expiry 718 SAN Connect Timer 719 SAN Modify Timer 720 SAN Handover Timer 721 SAN Connection Timer 722 MAN Connection Timer 732 Insufficient operating system resources at MAN 733 Insufficient memory at MAN 748 Invalid L3 Call Ref in Establish SDU749 Invalid L3 Call Ref in Modify SDU764 Unsupported IPDS MAC version 765 Invalid Bearer Connection type in Establish SDU766 Invalid Bearer Control type in Establish SDU767 Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Establish SDU768 Invalid Bearer Connection type in Modify SDU769 Invalid Bearer Control type in Modify SDU770 Invalid Bearer Connection ID in Modify SDU771 Invalid Handover SDU 772 Invalid SDU type Table C-3: List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes
Cause CodesC-6 Appendix C: System Messages TT98-113625-D773 SDU Incorrectly Formatted 780 Connection sub-layer protocol failure (MAN specific signalling)781 Connection sub-layer protocol failure (HDLC signalling) 796 Control sub-layer protocol failure 812 Channel Unit failure 813 Hardware failure 814 MAN not responding to frequency corrections 815 MAN not responding to power corrections 816 MAN not responding to timing corrections 828 Internal SAN failure 829 SAN Shutting Down 844 Bearer Control - No satellite link 845 Bearer Control - No suitable contention slot846 Bearer Control - Status Acknowledgement failure 847 Bearer Control - Incorrect SAN ID 860 No such MAN 861 Invalid L3 Call Reference L2 Reason Number InterpretationTable C-3: List of MPDS Layer 2 Reason Codes
Cause CodesTT98-113625-D Appendix C: System Messages C-7CCCCLayer 3 Reason CodesL3 Reason Number Interpretation500 Unknown Error 501 LES Access Code does not support IPDS 502 Network does not recognize Mobile ID 503 Network does not recognize SIM Card 504 Authentication Failed to Complete 505 Authentication Failure 506 Authorization Failure 507 Authorization Failure - Mobile Barred 508 Authorization Failure - Mobile Barred on this LES Access Code 509 Authorization Failure - SIM Card Barred on this LES Access Code 510 Authorization Failure - Temporarily Unable to Accept Credit Cards 511 Authorization Failure - Unable to Accept Credit Cards 512 Authorization Failure - Credit Card Refused 513 Authorization Failure - This Service not Allowed 514 Authorization Failure - Service Option(s) not Allowed 515 Authorization Failure - QoS not Allowed 516 Unsupported Service Option(s) 517 QoS Option(s) Unsupported by Mobile 518 QoS Option(s) Unsupported by Network 519 Satellite Network Congestion 520 Satellite Network Unavailable 521 Service Congestion 522 Service Unavailable 523 Terrestrial Network Congestion 524 Terrestrial Network Unavailable 525 Terrestrial Network Destination - Busy Table C-4: List of MPDS Layer 3 Reason Codes
Cause CodesC-8 Appendix C: System Messages TT98-113625-D526 Terrestrial Network Destination - No Answer 527 Terrestrial Network Destination - Unavailable 528 Terrestrial Network Destination - No Carrier 529 Service Timed Out 530 Terminated by Network Operator 531 Insufficient Resources at Mobile 532 Mobile Failure 533 Mobile - Connection to DTE Lost 534 Mobile - Unrecoverable DTE Protocol Error 535 Mobile Reset 536 User Cancellation of Connection Establishment 600 Unable to Find Satellite Access Node 601 Unable to Establish Communication with Satellite Access Node 602 Link with Satellite Access Node Lost 1100 Registration Session Pre-empted by Host System(Proprietary - not taken from IPDS System Definition Manual)1101 Registration Session Pre-empted for Priority Call 1 by Host System(Proprietary - not taken from IPDS System Definition Manual)1102 Registration Session Pre-empted for Priority Call 2 by Host System(Proprietary - not taken from IPDS System Definition Manual)1103 Registration Session Pre-empted for Priority Call 3 by Host System(Proprietary - not taken from IPDS System Definition Manual)L3 Reason Number InterpretationTable C-4: List of MPDS Layer 3 Reason Codes
Cause CodesTT98-113625-D Appendix C: System Messages C-9CCCCC.2.3 ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)The SLCV codes refer to: S = Coding Standard, L = cause Location, C = cause Class, V = cause Value. Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C V1 0 0 1 MES is clearing the call as instructed by the relevant MES terminal equipment (i.e., normal clearing due to MES terminal “on-hook” etc.).1 0 1 1 MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number is currently busy, and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number.1 0 1 2 MES is clearing the fixed-originated call because subsequent to the acceptance of the call and the signalling of the identity of the mobile terminal to which the call will actually be routed, that terminal has become busy and hence cannot be rung.1 0 2 1 MES is clearing the call because appropriate “off-hook” signalling has not been received from the addressed MES terminal (including any authorized diversions) within the allowed time limit.1 0 8 1 MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number has not been installed, and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number.1 0 9 1 MES is rejecting the call because the specified MES terminal number is currently out-of-service, and MES has not been authorized to divert calls which are addressed to that number.1 0 9 2 MES is clearing the fixed-originated call because subsequent to the acceptance of the call and the signalling of the identity of the mobile terminal to which the call will actually be routed, that terminal has become out-of-service and hence cannot be rung.1 1 4 3 MES is prematurely clearing the fixed-originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has initiated a call from a terminal which is authorized to automatically pre-empt an existing fixed-originated call.1 1 4 4 MES is prematurely clearing the MES-originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has initiated a higher priority call.1 1 4 5 MES is prematurely clearing the mobile-originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has initiated a call from a terminal which is authorized to automatically pre-empt an existing mobile-originated call.Table C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
Cause CodesC-10 Appendix C: System Messages TT98-113625-D1 1 4 6 MES is prematurely clearing the mobile-originated call which is in the process of being established because the MES user has abandoned the call (by placing the originating terminal “on-hook”).1 1 D 1 LES is rejecting the call because the “Service Nature” and/or “Service Type” and/or “Channel parameter” information received from the MES is invalid (e.g., not currently defined in the SDM, mutually contradictory, or not applicable to a MES originated call).1 1 D 2 LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES is invalid (i.e., less than 2 digits).1 1 D 3 LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES is a 2-digit address which is either undefined or which is currently unavailable at this LES.1 1 D 5 LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information received from the MES contains a country code which is regarded (by this LES) as invalid.1 1 D 6 LES is clearing the call because the “PID” information received from the MES in the “scrambling vector” message (type 8D H) is not consistent with the PID information in the Fixed/MES Originated (PID) and PID/MES Registration Tables at the LES as it relates to this call.1 2 0 2 (Spot Beam Handover): MES is ready to make the transition from the current beam to the next beam.1 2 8 1 MES is rejecting the call because the MES is not equipped to provide the specified service.1 2 9 1 MES is rejecting the call because although it is equipped to provide the specified service, it is not currently able to do so.1 2 B 1 MES is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.1 2 C 3 MES is clearing the call because a “LES Connect” message (type 8C H) has not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.1 2 C 4 MES is clearing the call because the “authentication query” ISU message (type B4 H) and/or the “authentication query” SSU message (type B5 H) have not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.1 2 C 5 MES is clearing the call because an expected supplementary services SU(s) has (have) not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
Cause CodesTT98-113625-D Appendix C: System Messages C-11CCCC1 2 C 6 MES is clearing the call because the “supplementary services interrogation” ISU (type B2 H), and/or “subscriber digits” SSU (type AD H) messages have not been received by the MES within the allowed time limit.1 2 C 7 MES is clearing the call because a “SCPC channel release” SU (type 8A H) has not been received by the MES, in response to the transmission of a “notification acknowledge” message (type BA H) during the supplementary services call diversion information retrieval process, within the allowed time limit.1 2 C 8 (Spot Beam Handover): MES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the MES did not detect the LESH carrier on the new frequency.1 2 D 1 LES is rejecting the call because the “spot-beam ID” information received from the MES is invalid (i.e., ID is not allocated on satellite in use).1 2 D 2 LES is clearing the call because the “Scrambling Vector” information received from the MES is invalid (i.e., 0000H, 6959H or 7FFFH).1 3 6 2 MES is clearing the call because a long-term interruption in reception has occurred (the definition of a “long-term interruption” depends upon the service type, see Section B).1 3 6 3 A Secondary Functional Centre of a Multi-channel MES is clearing the call because the Primary Functional centre has commanded the Above-decks equipment to re-point to a different Ocean Region.Note: The above text is specific to a Fleet system. However, for the Aero HSD+ system this SLCV code is relevant when the H+ sub-system is repointing the antenna from one ocean region to another. That will cause the Swift64 sub-system to be pre-empted with the SLCV 1363.1 3 9 1 MES is clearing the call because the call has lasted more than 700 km in linear travelled distance. 1 3 9 2 MES is clearing the call because it has moved out of spot beam coverage.1 3 9 3 MES in “cooperative mode” is clearing the call because of a pre-emption request from the master entity.1 4 5 1 LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate terrestrial circuit is not currently available at this specific LES.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
Cause CodesC-12 Appendix C: System Messages TT98-113625-D1 4 5 2 LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate channel unit and associated terrestrial circuit are not currently available at this LES. [This “cause” is only utilized when there is a permanent “one-to-one” connection between appropriate channel units and their terrestrial circuits].1 5 0 2 (Spot Beam Handover): LES is ready to make the transition from the current beam to the next beam and is clearing the call session in the current beam (normal clear).1 5 5 1 LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate satellite channel is not currently available at this specific LES.1 5 8 1 LES is rejecting the call because the requested service is not provided by this specific LES.1 5 9 1 LES is rejecting the call because the requested service is temporarily not available at this specific LES.1 5 A 1 LES is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized for any service at this specific LES.1 5 A 2 LES is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized to use specific requested service via this specific LES.1 5 A 3 LES is clearing the call because the “credit card data” information received from the MES has been rejected by the credit card authorization process.1 5 A 4 LES is clearing the call because the data received from the MES in the “authentication reply” message (type B6 H) has been declared “invalid” by the LES authentication process.1 5 A 5 LES is rejecting the call because the specified PID is not authorized for any service at this specific LES.1 5 A 6 LES is rejecting the call because the specified PID is not authorized to use specific requested service via this specific LES.1 5 A 7 LES is clearing the call because the service address received from the MES is not authorized for the requested priority.1 5 B 1 LES is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.1 5 C 1 LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate “Channel Assignment” message has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
Cause CodesTT98-113625-D Chapter C: System Messages C-13CCCC1 5 C 2 LES is clearing the call because the “service address” information has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C 3 LES is clearing the call because a “Scrambling Vector” message (type 8D H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C 4 LES is clearing the call because neither the “service address” information nor a “Scrambling Vector” message (type 8D H) has been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C 7 LES is clearing the call because a “MES Connect” message (type 99 H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C 9 LES is clearing the call because a “authentication reply” message (type B6 H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C A LES is clearing the call because a “notification acknowledge” message (type BA H) has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 5 C B LES is clearing the call because the request sequence number contained in the received “notification acknowledge” message (type BA) is not valid (i.e. either not ‘0’ or not the next value in the sequence).1 5 C C (Spot Beam Handover): LES is terminating the procedure because it did not receive a response to the Handover Request from the NCS.1 5 C D (Spot Beam Handover): LES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the MES did not indicate that it was ready to make the transition (possibly because the MES did not receive the Channel Assignment).1 5 D 1 LES is rejecting the call because the “Channel Assignment” message received from the NCS contains inappropriate or conflicting information.1 5 D 2 LES is clearing this MES ID and channel number in the busy lists at LES and NCS because a new call to/from this MES is being set-up (and thus any previous call to/from this MES must have cleared).1 5 E 1 LES is attempting to clear an MES which has sent an SCPC channel release message but is found still to be transmitting 5.12 s later.1 6 5 1 LES is rejecting the call because an appropriate channel unit is not currently available at this specific LES.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
Cause CodesC-14 Chapter C: System Messages TT98-113625-D1 6 6 1 LES is clearing the call because of an interruption in reception of the MES carrier exceeding the allowed time limit.1 6 C 2 LES is clearing the call because an appropriate SCPC MES carrier has not been received by the LES (at the commencement of the call) within the allowed time limit.1 6 C 3 (Spot Beam Handover): LES is clearing the call session in the next beam because the LES did not detect the MESH carrier on the new frequency.1 7 9 1 LES is clearing the call because of a malfunction in the authentication checking database or in the communications links thereto.1 8 1 1 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID is in the “MES busy” list at the NCS.1 8 1 2 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call at the NCS.1 8 1 3 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call at the NCS, and the call waiting notification was declined or timed out by the MES.1 8 1 4 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call at the NCS, and call waiting notification is unavailable.1 8 5 1 NCS is rejecting the call because an appropriate SCPC channel is not currently available.1 8 5 2 NCS is rejecting the call because no SCPC channel exists at the NCS which matches the contents of the Channel Parameters, Service Nature, Service Type, MES Category, Spot Beam ID and Priority fields contained in the Request for Channel Assignment.1 8 5 3 NCS is rejecting the call because no SCPC channel is currently available for the specified lease marked MES.1 8 5 4 NCS is rejecting the call because the MES is outside the spot beam coverage area.1 8 5 5 NCS is rejecting the call because an appropriate SCPC channel is not currently available and channel pre-emption failed.1 8 5 6 NCS is rejecting the call because the requested spot beam indicates failed spot beam selection (“FF”) and an appropriate global SCPC channel is not currently available.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
Cause CodesTT98-113625-D Chapter C: System Messages C-15CCCC1 8 5 7 (Spot Beam Handover) NCS is rejecting the Handover Request because an appropriate SCPC channel is not available in the next beam.1 8 A 1 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID was not found in the “Forward and Return MES ID” cross-reference table.1 8 A 2 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is not authorized for any service (except for Distress calls) at the NCS.1 8 A 3 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified LES is not authorized for the requested service at the NCS.1 8 B 1 NCS is rejecting or clearing the call for a reason which is not covered by any of the currently defined “Cause” events.1 8 B 2 NCS is rejecting the call because the requested service variant is invalid.1 8 C 1 NCS is rejecting the call because no message was received from the specified MES (in reaction to a Call Announcement message) within the allowed time limit.1 8 C 3 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES was busy and the MES pre-emption failed (i.e. no response within the allowed time limit).1 8 D 1 NCS is rejecting the call because the Request for Call Announcement or Request for Channel Assignment contains invalid or inappropriate information.1 8 E 1 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES ID is in the “MES busy” list at the NCS, and is listed as being busy with a call through the same LES as that now requesting a “call announcement” addressed to that MES.1 8 E 2 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call announcement.1 8 E 4 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call announcement, and the call waiting notification was declined or timed out by the MES.1 8 E 5 NCS is rejecting the call because the specified MES is busy with an IPDS call through the same LES which is requesting the call announcement, and call waiting notification is unavailable.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
Cause CodesC-16 Chapter C: System Messages TT98-113625-D1 F 0 1 LES is clearing the call because of the receipt of “on-hook” signalling from the relevant terrestrial circuit (i.e., normal clearing).1 F 1 1 LES is clearing the call because the terrestrial called party is engaged (busy).1 F 2 1 LES is clearing the call because appropriate “off-hook” signalling from the terrestrial called party has not been received by the LES within the allowed time limit.1 F 6 1 LES is clearing the call because of the detection of a failure in the relevant terrestrial circuit.1 F 6 2 The LES is clearing the call because the terrestrial calling party or the terrestrial network has cleared the call before the “MES connect” message has been received by the LES.Code (Hex) InterpretationS L C VTable C-5: List of ISDN Cause Codes (SLCV)
BITE Error CodesTT98-113625-D Chapter C: System Messages C-17CCCCC.3 BITE Error CodesC.3.1 Definition of Severity LevelsThe 4-wire handset and the SDU BITE display will show Fatal and Essential faults when possible. Access to the full BITE log is only possible through the SDU maintenance Front connector. Severity DefinitionFatal Total loss of service – Ongoing calls are terminated and no further calls are allowed.Essential Partial loss of service, action taken to isolate the fault – some services / calls may work. Non-E Non-Essential, no action taken, not displayed in handset – only stored in BITE log.Table C-6: Definition of severity levels for BITE Codes
BITE Error CodesC-18 Chapter C: System Messages TT98-113625-DC.3.2 List of BITE CodesCode(Hex) LRU Description Severity5F07 SDU Missing DSP Code, H+ EssentialAC01 ACU Communication ACU-HPA EssentialAC02 ACU Communication HPA-ACU EssentialAC03 ACU Any Internal Parameter EssentialAC04 ACU Cross-talk Input Non-E.AC05 ACU Control Bus Input Non-E.AC06 ACU Internal RAM Non-E.AC07 ACU Internal ROM Non-E.AC08 ACU Internal Power Supply Non-E.AC09 ACU Temperature Non-E.AA01 HGA High Gain Antenna EssentialAL01 LNA LNA/Diplexer EssentialAP01 HPR High Power Relay EssentialC601 Cable SDU - HPA Cable Test FatalC705 Cable Communication Test with HGA-7000 Antenna FatalC801 Cable Communication Test with HPA FatalC802 Cable No GPS Signal to GPS Module FatalC957 HPA HPA Communication with PSM Module FatalCA30 CM Invalid ICAO Number FatalE108 CM Configuration Module Fitted Test FatalH201 HPA HPA Software Integrity FatalH202 HPA HPA Communication with Main Module EEPROMFatalH203 HPA HPA Essential Data Integrity FatalH204 HPA HPA Non-Essential Data Integrity Non-E.H401 HPA HPA Communication with Main Module UART FatalH502 HPA HPA Communication with RFHP Module FatalTable C-7: List of BITE Codes
BITE Error CodesTT98-113625-D Chapter C: System Messages C-19CCCCH701 HPA HPA FPGA Version Conflict FatalH803 HPA HPA Gain Adjustment Limit FatalH804 HPA HPA Frequency Calibration FatalH901 HPA HPA Communication Failure FatalHP01 HPA HPA Thermal Safe Operational Limits FatalHP11 HPA ARINC 429 Interface Voltage (-12 VD) FatalHP13 HPA HPA Internal Voltage (+5V1A) FatalHP14 HPA ARINC 429 Interface Voltage (+12 VD) FatalHP15 HPA HPA HGA-7000 Supply Voltage (+26 VA) FatalHP17 HPA HPA RFHP Module Voltage (+26 VC) FatalHPF1 HPA HPA Forced Cooling (FAN1, FAN2 and FAN3) EssentialU402 SDU HPLUS Files Existing Test FatalU403 SDU HPLUS Files CRC Test EssentialU405 SDU HPLUS Software Versions Inconsistency Test EssentialU901 Cable IRS/AHRS 1 Failure Non-E.U902 Cable IRS/AHRS 2 Failure Non-E.U908 Cable IRS/AHRS/GPS Data Invalid FatalU915 SDU SDU needs SW update to support HPA FatalUA01 SDU BITE Display Interface Data Loop Test Non-E.UC00 SDU 5.Lo Lock Detector Test EssentialUC01 SDU 5.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test EssentialUC02 SDU 5.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test EssentialUC04 SDU C-channel 1 AGC Test EssentialUC0G SDU 5.Lo Lock Failure EssentialUC0P SDU Interface to C-FDM DSP Channel 1 Test EssentialUC0Q SDU Interface to TIF DSP Channel 1 Test EssentialUC10 SDU 6.Lo Lock Detector Test EssentialUC11 SDU 6.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test EssentialCode(Hex) LRU Description SeverityTable C-7: List of BITE Codes
BITE Error CodesC-20 Chapter C: System Messages TT98-113625-DUC12 SDU 6.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test EssentialUC14 SDU C-channel 2 AGC Test EssentialUC1G SDU 6.Lo Lock Failure EssentialUC1P SDU Interface to C-FDM DSP Channel 2 Test EssentialUC1Q SDU Interface to TIF DSP Channel 2 Test EssentialUC1R SDU SDU needs SW update (C-Channel) EssentialUE01 SDU HSD Rx Cable Test Non-E.UF01 SDU 1.Lo Lock Detector Test FatalUF02 SDU 2.Lo Lock Detector Test FatalUF03 SDU 3.Lo Lock Detector Test FatalUF04 SDU 4.Lo Lock Detector Test FatalUF11 SDU 1.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test FatalUF12 SDU 2.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test FatalUF13 SDU 3.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test FatalUF14 SDU 4.Lo Minimum Frequency Lock Test FatalUF21 SDU 1.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test FatalUF22 SDU 2.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test FatalUF23 SDU 3.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test FatalUF24 SDU 4.Lo Maximum Frequency Lock Test FatalUF30 SDU RT Channel ALC Test FatalUF31 SDU P Channel AGC Test FatalUF51 SDU 1.Lo Lock Failure EssentialUF52 SDU 2.Lo Lock Failure EssentialUF53 SDU 3.Lo Lock Failure EssentialUF54 SDU 41.Lo Lock Failure EssentialUF70 SDU GPS Internal BITE Test FatalUF71 SDU GPS Communication Test FatalUH01 SDU/HSU 1.LO Low Lock Detector Test EssentialCode(Hex) LRU Description SeverityTable C-7: List of BITE Codes
BITE Error CodesTT98-113625-D Chapter C: System Messages C-21CCCCUH02 SDU/HSU 2.LO Low Lock Detector Test EssentialUH03 SDU/HSU 3.LO Low Lock Detector Test EssentialUH04 SDU/HSU 1.LO High Lock Detector Test EssentialUH05 SDU/HSU 21.LO High Lock Detector Test EssentialUH06 SDU/HSU 3.LO High Lock Detector Test EssentialUH11 SDU/HSU 1.LO Minimum Frequency Test EssentialUH12 SDU/HSU 2.LO Minimum Frequency Test EssentialUH13 SDU/HSU 3.LO Minimum Frequency Test EssentialUH18 SDU/HSU 1.LO Lock Time Test EssentialUH19 SDU/HSU 2.LO Lock Time Test EssentialUH20 SDU/HSU 3.LO Lock Time Test EssentialUH21 SDU/HSU 1.LO Maximum Frequency Test EssentialUH22 SDU/HSU 2.LO Maximum Frequency Test EssentialUH23 SDU/HSU 3.LO Maximum Frequency Test EssentialUH24 SDU/HSU 1.LO DDS Divider Test EssentialUH25 SDU/HSU 3.LO DDS Divider Test EssentialUH30 SDU/HSU ALC Carrier off Test EssentialUH31 SDU/HSU ALC Carrier on Test EssentialUH32 SDU/HSU RF BER Loop Back Test EssentialUH33 SDU/HSU Average Amplitude Test Non-E.UH35 SDU/HSU Step Attenuator Test Non-E.UH3B SDU/HSU Rx Tx frequency offset to big Test EssentialUH3D SDU/HSU Loop Back Switch Test EssentialUH51 SDU/HSU 1.LO Lock Failure EssentialUH52 SDU/HSU 2.LO Lock Failure EssentialUH53 SDU/HSU 3.LO Lock Failure EssentialUH61 SDU/HSU ALC Level to Low Test EssentialUH62 SDU/HSU ALC Level to High Test EssentialCode(Hex) LRU Description SeverityTable C-7: List of BITE Codes
BITE Error CodesC-22 Chapter C: System Messages TT98-113625-DUH63 SDU/HSU Master Oscillator to low EssentialUH64 SDU/HSU Master Oscillator to high EssentialUH70 SDU/HSU Communication problem with H+ system EssentialUH78 SDU/HSU Position Unavailable EssentialUH79 SDU/HSU Velocity Unavailable EssentialUH7D SDU/HSU Software Versions Consistency Test Non-E.UH7F SDU/HSU ATE pins connected. The ATE pins should not be connected, as they are only for test purposes.Non-E.UH7G SDU/HSU ATE pins connected. The ATE pins should not be connected, as they are only for test purposes.Non-E.UH82 SDU/HSU Parameter Block Checksum Test HSD EssentialUH83 SDU/HSU CPU Application CRC Test EssentialUH84 SDU/HSU CPU RAM Test EssentialUH85 SDU/HSU Battery Check Test HSD Non-E.UH87 SDU/HSU All Files Exist in Flash Test EssentialUH88 SDU/HSU Flash Files CRC Test EssentialUH89 SDU/HSU SDU needs SW update (HSD) EssentialUH91 SDU/HSU DSP Debug Port Test Non-E.UH95 SDU/HSU Frame DSP Interface Test EssentialUH96 SDU/HSU Turbo FPGA Interface Failure EssentialUH97 SDU/HSU Frame DSP to VFC DSP interface EssentialUH98 SDU/HSU VFC DSP Interface Test EssentialUHA1 SDU/HSU Burst Duration Monitor Circuit Test Non-E.UHA4 SDU/HSU TDM Burst Duration Test EssentialUHA5 SDU/HSU Carrier On Signals Test EssentialUHA6 SDU/HSU Turbo FPGA Load Test EssentialUHA7 SDU/HSU ISDN Transceiver Interface Test EssentialUHA8 SDU/HSU ISDN Supply Voltage Test EssentialCode(Hex) LRU Description SeverityTable C-7: List of BITE Codes
BITE Error CodesTT98-113625-D Chapter C: System Messages C-23CCCCUHA9 SDU/HSU ISDN Rx Voltage Test EssentialUHAA SDU/HSU Turbo FPGA RAM Test EssentialUHAB SDU/HSU Power Fail sensor false alarm EssentialUHAC SDU/HSU ISDN 38 V shorted. The current limit on the 38V power output has been exceeded and the output power has therefore been turned off. Remove the device(s) connected and restart the system.EssentialUHB0 SDU/HSU Environment temperature to low Non-E.UHB1 SDU/HSU Temperature Sensor Test Non-E.UHEE SDU/HSU EEPROM Essential Data Test EssentialUHEU SDU/HSU EEPROM Test Non-E.UHP0 SDU/HSU Communication Test with HSD-CPU EssentialUHW2 SDU/HSU Master Oscillator needs calibration Non-E.UU02 SDU Parameter Block Checksum Test EssentialUU05 SDU UART Loop Back, PC Front (COM1) Test Non-E.UU06 SDU UART Loop Back, HGA-7000 Antenna (COM2) TestFatalUU07 SDU UART Loop Back, HPA (COM11) Test FatalUU08 SDU UART Loop Back, GPS (COM4) Test FatalUU10 SDU PRT DSP Interface Test EssentialUU11 SDU UART Loop Back, Handset1 (COM5) Test EssentialUU12 SDU UART Loop Back, Handset2 (COM6) Test EssentialUU13 SDU UART Loop Back, Handset3 (COM7) Test EssentialUU14 SDU UART Loop Back, Handset4 (COM8) Test EssentialUU15 SDU UART Loop Back, Rear Debug (COM3) Test Non-E.UU16 SDU UART Loop Back, CPDF (COM12) Test EssentialUU17 SDU UART Loop Back, HSD - H+ (COM13) Test EssentialUU18 SDU UART Loop Back, External SIM Card (COM10) TestNon-E.Code(Hex) LRU Description SeverityTable C-7: List of BITE Codes
BITE Error CodesC-24 Chapter C: System Messages TT98-113625-DUU19 SDU SDU needs SW update (H+) EssentialUU1C SDU Temperature Sensor Test Non-E.UU1D SDU Environment Temperature Failure, H-Plus FatalUU20 SDU H+ EEPROM Non Essential Data Test Non-E.UU21 SDU H+ EEPROM Essential Data Test FatalUU23 SDU H+/HSD SW Version Inconsistency Test EssentialUU60 SDU PBX DSP Interface Test EssentialUU6H SDU Communication Problem with HSD CPU, H+ DetectedEssentialUUB1 SDU Battery Check Test Non-E.UUCU CM Configuration Module Test FatalCode(Hex) LRU Description SeverityTable C-7: List of BITE Codes
TT98-113625-D D-1Appendix DDDDDUsing Commands DD.1 Getting StartedHardware and Software RequirementsThe following items are required to run terminal commands:• One IBM compatible PC with a 9-pin serial COM port available (or a 25-pin serial COM port with a 25-to-9 converter attached)• One serial interconnect cable 9-pin to 15-pin Sub-D, Thrane & Thrane part no. TT-37-112940. Refer to Figure 5-27: TT 37-112940 Data Cable Compliant with Front Connector.• A terminal program installed on the PC (e.g. Windows HyperTerminal)Preparing the TerminalDo as follows to set up the terminal:1. Connect the SDU front connector to the PC COM port using the TT 37-112940 Data Cable.2. Set the terminal program to 115200 baud, No parity, 8 bit symbols.3. Press <Enter> a couple of times and confirm that the prompt “H+>” appears on the terminal monitor.
Commands for TroubleshootingD-2 Chapter D: Using Commands TT98-113625-DD.2 Commands for TroubleshootingIntroductionIn this section, some of the useful commands for troubleshooting are listed. BITE List (“list” command)To get a list of BITE errors, use the list command.The following options are available with the list command:Response Example:The following example shows a response to the command “list”, that is a list of all errors for the current session. “Session number” corresponds to <leg>“Error ID” corresponds to <id>, which is the BITE code for the error.H+> listH+> LOGFILEMANAGER:Displaying contents of session 11-------------------------------Session number: 11 Severity: Fatal ActiveError ID: C705-Communication Test with HGA-7000 AntennaError occurrence: 001 Found during: CMAdditional Information: ' ' Location: CablingFirst error: 09:40:14-27/08 Last error: 09:40:14-27/08Command to Type in(Followed by <Enter>) Result/Explanationlist Lists all errors for the current flight session.list a Lists all errors for all flight sessions.list <leg> Lists all errors for flight session number: lega.a. In this context, a leg is defined as a session, that is the time from the system was turned on until it is turned off.list <id> a Lists errors with error id: id, for all flight sessions.list <id><leg> Lists errors with error id: id, for flight session number: lega.Table D-1: “list” Commands
Commands for TroubleshootingTT98-113625-D Chapter D: Using Commands D-3DDDDSystem Log (“slog” command)To access the system log, use the slog command. The following options are available with the slog command:Command to Type in (Followed by <Enter>) Result/Explanationslog l<prio> ... Inserts text into the system log with priority <prio>a. a. <prio>: Priority limit (one of {facewnid} or 0-7).The priority parameters {facewnid} are defined as:f: System is unusable.a: Action must be taken immediately.c: Critical conditions.e: Error conditions.w: Warning conditions.n: Normal but significant condition.i: Informational.d: Debug-level messages.slog t Shows the priority thresholds.slog tp <prio> Sets the print threshold. Log entries with priority <prio>a or higher will be printed.slog ts <prio> Sets the store threshold. Log entries with priority <prio>a or higher will be stored.slog v[arl] [-p<prio>] [-t<text>] [<count>] Shows the system log as defined by the parameters.Explanation of parameters:a : All entriesr : Reverse orderl : Long time format (toggles between long/short time format) (stickyb)<prio> : a (See table footnote)<text> : Only entries containing <text><count>: Max. number of entries shown (stickyb)b. “Sticky” means this setting is maintained during future command sessions until the setting is changed by the user.slog R Reset system log.Table D-2: “slog” Commands
Commands for TroubleshootingD-4 Chapter D: Using Commands TT98-113625-DResponse Example:The following example shows a part of a response to the command “slog va”:H+> slog vaH+> Time Severity Process Info09:15:05.661 WARNING:LogServe:0:System log invalid - reset09:15:05.663 WARNING:LogServe:0:System log options invalid - reset09:14:53.005 NOTICE: Boot:0:Starting up09:14:54.523 ERROR: SATMGR:0:System table checksum failed09:14:54.525 ERROR:Nav_Main:0:Static RAM failure!!09:14:55.057 WARNING:FlashDis:0:PIT 1ms tick: Interrupts disabled too long: 531058 us.09:14:55.505 WARNING:FlashDis:0:PIT 1ms tick: Interrupts disabled too long: 505840 us.
Commands for TroubleshootingTT98-113625-D Chapter D: Using Commands D-5DDDDCall Log (“call_log” command)To access the call log, use the call_log command.The following options are available with the call_log command:Response Example:The following example shows a part of a response to the command “call -p”:H+> call -pCurrent Time is: 1093609507Entry time: 1081251724, number: 004539558227 Device: 68 : 1081251553, number: 004539558227 Device: 68 : 1081251698, number: 004539558227 Device: 68Entry time: 1081251586, number: 004539558227 Device: 67Entry time: 1081251551, number: 004539558681 Device: 67Entry time: 1080547957, number: 004540921481 Device: 58Entry time: 1080547909, number: 004539558227 Device: 55 : 1080547873, number: 004539558227 Device: 55Command to Type in (Followed by <Enter>) Result/Explanationcall_log -p Prints the call log.call_log -i <number> <device>Inserts a call into the call log, with the given phone number and device number.call_log -g <device> Returns the last call in the call log from the given device.call_log -d <device> <index> Deletes the call with index <index> from the given device in the call log.Table D-3: “call_log” Commands
Commands for TroubleshootingD-6 Chapter D: Using Commands TT98-113625-DFlight Test (“flight” command)To trace flight data, use the flight command. The flight test data comprises position data, signal strength and EIRP. The following options are available with the flight command:Response Example:The following example shows a response to the command “flight -s”, that is flight test data with an update rate of 1 second. The command “flight -e” stops the tracing.H+> flight -sH+> Fri Aug 27 12:26:32 2004 H+Temp 44NAV POS: Lon 9.13, Lat 55.73, Alt 117 mNAV ATT: Roll 0.41, Pitch -0.97, Hea 135.71, Speed 0 m/sDSP: Azi 73.11, Ele 23.60, VDopp 0 m/sPRT: C/No 54.0 EIRP 09.1 FreqOff 006C0: C/No 45.1 EIRP 06.5C1: C/No 54.1 EIRP 18.5HSD: C/No 57.3 EIRP 22.5 FreqOff -01--flight -eCommand to Type in(Followed by <Enter>) Result/Explanationflight -c <time> Change the update rate to <time>.flight -e End flight test traces.flight -s Start trace of flight test data with an update rate of 1 second.flight -s <time> Start trace of flight test data with an update rate of <time>.The unit for <time> is 10 ms, that is: <time>=2 corresponds to 20 ms.Table D-4: “flight” Commands
TT98-113625-D E-1Appendix EEEEEAT Profiles EOverviewAs a part of the RS-422 AT-interface in the SDU, there are two AT-profiles on the internal modem. These profiles are the same as those found on any normal modem. The profiles store settings used by the serial port, standard AT variables and some values used by the satellite protocols.Besides the two stored profiles, there is a third profile, which is called the Active Profile. The Active Profile is stored in RAM and holds the settings currently used by the SDU. All AT commands only change the settings of the Active Profile.E.1 Frequently Used AT Commands•To store the Active Profile in the Stored Profile, use the command AT&W#where # is either 0 or 1, depending on which Stored Profile the settings should be saved in. • Likewise, to restore a Stored Profile as an Active Profile, use the commandATZ# where # is either 0 or 1, depending on which Stored Profile is to be restored.When the system boots up, it will copy one of the Stored Profiles to the Active Profile. It is the value of the &Y parameter, that governs which one of the two Stored Profiles is used for initialization. • To set the SDU to use a specific Stored Profile # to initialize the Active Profile, use the command AT&Y# where # is either 0 or 1. • To see the current value of &Y, use the commandAT&Vwhich also shows the settings of all 3 profiles.For more information on AT commands in general, please refer to the Hayes Command Set.
LES settings for AT-callsE-2 Appendix E: AT Profiles TT98-113625-DE.2 LES settings for AT-callsIt is important to know that the AT profiles have nothing to do with LES settings and satellite selection.The LES used for AT initiated calls is distinct from the LES used for PPPoE initiated calls. When booting up, the LES used for AT-calls will automatically be set to the most preferred LES for the given ocean region, which is the same way the PPPoE LES is configured.When the LES's have been configured, they are now distinct. This means an AT+WLES command only changes the LES used for AT-calls and *not* the LES used for PPPoE calls. However, if an AT&W command is issued, and the most preferred LES is different from the LES used for AT-calls, the AT-call LES will be made the most preferred LES. This also means that PPPoE will now use the new LES for calls.The following list shows the behavior of the SDU when an AT+WLES command is issued:1. Preferred LES is 001.2. AT+WLES=002 is executed.3. An MPDS registration is started through the AT-interface. LES 002 is used.4. An MPDS deregistration is executed through the AT-interface.5. An MPDS registration is started with PPPoE. LES 001 is used.6. An MPDS deregistration is executed through the PPPoE interface.7. An MPDS registration is executed through the AT-interface. LES 002 is still used.Note that if the ocean region is changed, both the AT LES and PPPoE LES are automatically set to the default LES for that Ocean Region.Note: If the preferred LES is changed on the Handset, this change will not have any effects on the LES used for AT calls. The LES must be manually changed by issuing an AT+WLES command or by a renewed logon.
TT98-113625-D F-1Appendix FFFFFReferences FF.1 Applicable Standards[1] IEEE Standard for Information technology - Telecommunications and information exchange between systems - Local and metropolitan area networks - Specific requirements Part 3: Carrier sense multiple access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method and physical layer specifications. IEEE Std 802.3, 2000 Edition (Incorporating IEEE Std 802.3, 1998 Edition, IEEE Std 802.3ac-1998, IEEE Std 802.3ab-1999, and IEEE Std 802.3ad-2000) [Adopted by ISO/IEC and re-designated as ISO/IEC 8802-3:2000(E)].[2] ISO/IEC 8877:1992 Information technology -- Telecommunications and information exchange between systems -- Interface connector and contact assignments for ISDN Basic Access Interface located at reference points S and T[3] RTCA/DO-160C and RTCA/DO-160DEnvironmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne EquipmentRTCA Inc. July 29, 1997, incl. Change No. 1 (Dec. 14, 2000) and Change No. 2 (June 12, 2001).[4] Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)Basic User-Network Interface (UNI)ETSI EN 300 012-1 V1.2.2 (ITU I.430))[5] Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)ISDN User Network InterfacesITU-T Recommendation I.420[6] ARINC 429Mark 33 Digital Information Transfer Systems (DITS)[7] ARINC 404AAir Transport Equipment Cases and Racking.[8] ARINC 404B-1Connectors, Electrical, Rack and Panel, Rectangular, Rear Release Crimp Contacts.
Other ReferencesF-2 Appendix F: References TT98-113625-D[9] ARINC 702A-1Advanced Flight Management Computer SystemARINC, January 31, 2000[10] ARINC 741 P1-10Aviation Satellite Communication SystemPart 1, Aircraft Installation Provisions[11] ARINC 741 P2-7Aviation Satellite Communication SystemPart 2, System Design and Equipment Functional Description[12] RFC 1549: PPP in HDLC Framing. December 1993. (Obsoleted by RFC 1662)[13] CCITT Rec. G.473Standard US DTMF Telephone.[14] EIA/TIA-232-E: Interface Between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Circuit-Terminating Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data Interchange (superseded by TIA-232-F) Published: January 1, 1900. Category: Telecommunications.[15] RTCA DO-160C and DEnvironmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airborne EquipmentF.2 Other References[16] Aero-HSD+ User Manual, Part number TT-98-119959
TT98-113625-D Glossary-1AAAAGlossaryGlossary AAa very simple device which literally points towards the station that is tuned in. ACARS Airborne Communications Addressing and Reporting System ACAS Aircraft Collision Avoidance System. Early relative of the now operational TCAS (Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System) which warns pilots of potential conflicts with other aircrafts. ACU Antenna Control Unit ADF Automatic Direction Finder. A navigation receiver based on the AM radio band AES Aircraft Earth Station AGC Automatic Gain Control AHRS Attitude and Heading Reference System AIU Analog Interface Unit ALC Automatic Level Control AOC Aeronautical Operational Control. One of the categories within Aeronautical Mobile Satellite Services (AMSS) in the DO-160 standard. APS Aircraft Power Supply ARINC Aeronautical Radio INC. ARTU Air Radio Telecommunications Unit ATS Air Traffic Services. One of the categories within Aeronautical Mobile Satellite Services (AMSS) in the DO-160 standard. BBSU Beam Steering Unit CCDBR Cabin Distribution Bus Repeater C-FDM C-channel Frame Demodulator/Modulator
GlossaryGlossary-2 TT98-113625-DCM Configuration Module CMU Communications Management Unit CP Cockpit CPDF Cabin Packet-mode Data Function CPU Central Programming Unit CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CTS Clear To Send DDCE Data Circuit-terminating Equipment DME Distance Measuring Equipment DSP Digital Signal Processor DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency. The signal to the phone company that is generated when you press an ordinary telephone’s touch keys. DTMF has generally replaced loop disconnect ("pulse") dialling. EECEF Earth Centered Earth Fixed coordinates. An international coordinate frame of reference. EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory EIA Electronic Industries Alliance. A US national trade organization that includes the full spectrum of U.S. manufacturers, representing more than 80% of the electronics industry. The alliance provides several standards for the electronics industry. ETSI European Telecommunication Standard Institute FFMS Flight Management System FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
GlossaryTT98-113625-D Glossary-3AAAAGGPS Global Positioning System HHDLC High-level Data Link Control HGA High Gain Antenna HS High Speed HSU High Speed data Unit. An optional Thrane & Thrane unit providing an additional high speed channel. IICAO International Civil Aviation Organization ILS Instrument Landing System. A system of tightly focused transmitters located at the end of a runway that provides flight guidance information to flight crews. IRS Inertial Reference System ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network ITU International Telecommunication Union LLRU Line Replaceable Unit. A separate unit or module which can easily be replaced. Examples are the SDU and the HPA. LS Low Speed MMES Mobile Earth Station MPDS Mobile Packet Data Service NnON normally ON
GlossaryGlossary-4 TT98-113625-DNT Network Termination. A device connecting the customer’s data or telephone equipment to the local ISDN exchange carrier’s line. The NT device provides a connection for terminal equipment (TE) and terminal adaptor (TA) equipment to the local loop. PPAST Person Activated Self Test. A system test that is activated when the PTT button on the SDU is pressed. PBX Private Branch Exchange (private telephone switchboard) PID Packet IDentifier POST Power On Self Test. A system test that is activated each time the system is powered on. PSM Phase Shift Modulation RRAM Random Access Memory RF Radio Frequency RFC Request For Comments RFHP Radio Frequency High Power RMA Return Material Authorization RTS Request To Send SSCPC Single Channel Per Carrier. A VSAT satellite transmission system that uses a separate carrier for each of its channels. In an SCPC system, transmissions are sent to the satellite continuously on a single satellite carrier. SDM System Definition Manual SIM Subscriber Identification Module SLCV S = coding Standard, L = cause Location, C = cause Class, V = cause Value STC Supplemental Type Certificate. FAA certification document issued to companies that perform significant modifications on an aircraft.
TT98-113625-D Chapter Glossary: Glossary-5AAAASTU Secure Telephone Unit Swift64 Inmarsat full ISDN service + full IP service (MPDS) TTCAS Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System. A system which warns pilots of potential conflicts with other aircrafts. TDM Time Division Multiplex TIA Telecommunications Industry Association. TIA is a U.S. non-profit trade association serving the communications and information technology industry. TIA provides several standards for these industries. TMU Telecommunication Management Unit UUART Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter VVFC Voice Fax Codec VHF Very High Frequency. 30-300 MHz, a "straight-line" signal used for communication and navigation. VOR VHF Omnidirectional Range WWH-10 Wulfsberg Handset
Glossary-6 Chapter Glossary: TT98-113625-D
TT98-113625-D Index-1BBBBIndexIndex BNumerics2.4GHz Cordless phoneInitial configuration, 6-10Wiring (2-wire), 5-53Wiring (4-wire), 5-482-wire cradleConnector functions, 4-21DB9 male connector, 4-21Environmental Qualification Form, B-14Outline drawing, 3-12Specifications, A-112-wire handsetEnvironmental Qualification Form, B-14Outline drawing, 3-11Specifications, A-104-wire cradleconnector functions, 4-18DB15 male connector, 4-18Environmental Qualification Form, B-12Outline drawing, 3-10Specifications, A-94-wire handsetEnvironmental Qualification Form, B-12Outline drawing, 3-9Specifications, A-8AAbout this manual, 1-1ACARS, wiring, 5-26Activation, 5-87AHRS, wiring, 5-24AircraftMating connectors, 4-22Airworthiness, Continued, 8-1AMT-50 subsystemCable requirements, 5-20Cable requirements (HSU installed), 5-72Wiring, 5-18Wiring with HSU, 5-69AnnunciatorsWiring, 5-54AntennaMounting, 5-6Wiring, 5-14Wiring with HSU, 5-65Antenna Systems, 2-2ARINC 429Cable requirements, 5-20Wiring, 5-24ARINC 741 Dual Side Panel antenna system(future use)Cable requirements, 5-23Wiring, 5-21Automatic test equipment pins, 5-61BBITE codesList of, C-18Severity levels, C-17Block diagrams, 2-9ARINC 741 compatible antenna, 2-10Dual side panel antenna system, 2-11HGA-7000 antenna, 2-9MagnaStar system, 2-13
IndexIndex-2 TT98-113625-DCCablesAllowed lengths for power, 5-81AMT-50 subsystem, 5-20ARINC 429, recommended types, 5-84ARINC 429, requirements, 5-20Dual Side Panel antenna (future), 5-23Ethernet (MPDS), 5-34Ethernet (MPDS) to HSU, 5-76HGA-7000 antenna, 5-17HPA power supply, 5-13HSU power supply, 5-64HSU to AMT-50 subsystem, 5-72HSU to HGA-7000 antenna, 5-68ISDN, 5-35, 5-77MPDS Ethernet, recommended, 5-85MPDS RS-422, 5-33Recommended, 5-81RF, general requirements, 5-6RF, recommended types, 5-84RS-232 data cable, 5-61SDU power supply, 5-10Cause codesH+, C-2ISDN (SLCV), C-9MPDS, Layer 2, C-5MPDS, Layer 3, C-7Cause codes, list, C-2Check procedures, 7-1After power-up, 7-4Airborne, 7-6Before inserting LRUs, 7-2Interference with other systems onaircraft, 7-5Chime/Lamps InhibitWiring, 5-54CMU, wiring, 5-26Cockpit Voice (future use)Wiring, 5-58Commissioning, 5-86Compliance, 2-1Configuration Module, 2-2DO-160 form, B-4Environmental Qualification Form, B-4Outline drawing, 3-3Configuration program, 6-1Connectors, 4-12-wire cradle, 4-214-wire cradle, 4-18HPA receptacle, 4-11HSU front, 4-13HSU rear receptacle, 4-14Mating, in aircraft, 4-22SDU front, 4-2SDU rear receptacle, 4-4Continued Airworthiness, 8-1CouplerOutline drawing, 3-7Specifications, A-6CPDF (future use)Wiring, 5-27DData cable for RS-232 front connection, 5-61Defect units, 8-1DiscretesTypes and description, 5-57Wiring, 5-54Wiring to HSU, 5-78DLNADO-160 form, B-7Environmental Qualification Form, B-7Mounting, 5-5Outline drawing, 3-5Specifications, A-4DO-160 forms, B-12-wire handset and cradle, B-144-wire handset and cradle, B-12Configuration Module, B-4DLNA, B-7HPA, B-5HSU, B-9SDU, B-2
IndexTT98-113625-D Index-3BBBBDrawings, 3-12-wire cradle, 3-122-wire handset, 3-114-wire cradle, 3-104-wire handset, 3-9Configuration Module, 3-3DLNA, 3-5HPA, 3-4HPA Tray, 3-13HPA Tray connector, 3-16HSU, 3-6HSU Tray, 3-17HSU Tray connector, 3-18Rx Power Splitter for HSU, 3-8SDU, 3-2SDU Tray, 3-13SDU Tray connector, 3-14Tx Coupler for HSU, 3-7Dual Side Panel antenna system (future use)Cable requirements, 5-23Wiring, 5-21EEnvironmental Qualification Forms, B-12-wire handset and cradle, B-144-wire handset and cradle, B-12Configuration Module, B-4DLNA, B-7HPA, B-5HSU, B-9SDU, B-2Error codes, C-1EthernetPins, 5-34, 5-75Wiring, 5-32Wiring to HSU, 5-73Ethernet (MPDS)Cable, 5-34Cable to HSU, 5-76Exchanging units, 8-1FFail LED, HSU, 8-9Fail/Pass LEDHPA, 8-8SDU, 8-8Features, 2-3Front connectorHSU, 4-13SDU, 4-2Functional test, airborne, 7-6Functional test, on ground, 7-4HHandsetsInitial configuration, 6-8Wiring, 5-36HGA-7000 antennaCable requirements, 5-17Cable requirements (HSU installed), 5-68Wiring, 5-15Wiring with HSU, 5-65HPADO-160 form, B-5Environmental Qualification Form, B-5LEDs on front panel, 8-8Mating connectors for, 4-23Mounting, 5-5Outline drawing, 3-4Power cables, 5-13Power supply, wiring, 5-11Rear receptacle, 4-11Specifications, A-3Tray connector, outline drawing, 3-16HSD+CPBasic Configuration, 6-6Installation requirements, 6-2Menu Overview, 6-5
IndexIndex-4 TT98-113625-DHSUDO-160 form, B-9Environmental Qualification Form, B-9Front connector, 4-13Front connector, pin-out, 4-14LEDs on front panel, 8-9Mating connectors for, 4-23Mounting, 5-4Outline drawing, 3-6Power cables, 5-64Rear receptacle, 4-14Specifications, A-5Tray connector, outline drawing, 3-18Tray, outline drawing, 3-17Wiring power supply, 5-63Wiring to AMT-50 antenna, 5-69Wiring to antenna systems, 5-65Wiring to HGA-7000 antenna, 5-65IICAO address, 24 bit discrete, 5-30ICAO, wiring, 5-29Inoperative units, 8-1Interfaces, 5-1IRS, wiring, 5-24ISDNCable requirements, 5-35, 5-77Cause codes (SLCV), C-9Pins, 5-35, 5-77Wiring, 5-32Wiring to HSU, 5-73LLamp Driver interfaceSpecifications, 5-57LEDs on HPAFail/Pass, 8-8Power, 8-8LEDs on HSUFail, 8-9Power, 8-9LEDs on SDUFail/Pass, 8-8Logon, 8-7Power, 8-7Logon LED, SDU, 8-7MMagnaStarInitial configuration, 6-8Wiring, 5-42Maintenance handsetWiring, 5-62Maintenance PC and ResetWiring, 5-59MCDU/FMS (future use)Wiring, 5-28Messages, C-1Model numbers, applicable, 2-5Mounting considerations, 5-4Antenna, 5-6DLNA, 5-5HPA, 5-5HSU, 5-4Rx Power Splitter, 5-5SDU, 5-4MPDSCause codes, Layer 2, C-5Cause codes, Layer 3, C-7Ethernet cable, 5-34Ethernet cable to HSU, 5-76Pins, 5-33Wiring, 5-32Wiring to HSU, 5-73MPDS RS-422Cable requirements, 5-33NNon-safety interfaces, 2-1OOperation, 2-14Outline drawings, 3-1
IndexTT98-113625-D Index-5BBBBPPart numbers, 2-5PAST, 8-6PBX unit, 2-2PC, MaintenanceWiring, 5-59Wiring to HSU, 5-78Person Activated Self Test, 8-6PhonesWiring, 5-36Pin-out, 4-12-wire cradle, DB9 connector, 4-214-wire cradle, DB15 connector, 4-19HPA receptacle, 4-12HSU front connector, 4-14HSU rear receptacle, 4-16SDU front connector, 4-3SDU rear receptacle, 4-7POST, 8-6Power LEDon HPA, 8-8on HSU, 8-9on SDU, 8-7Power On Self Test, 8-6RRear receptacleHPA pin-out, 4-12HSU pin-out, 4-16SDU pin-out, 4-7Reason codesMPDS, Layer 2, C-5MPDS, Layer 3, C-7References, F-1Repair, 8-1Returning units, 8-15ResetWiring, 5-59RS-232Data cable, 5-61RS-232 MaintenanceWiring, 5-59Wiring to HSU, 5-78RTCA DO-160 forms, B-1Rx Power SplitterMounting, 5-5Outline drawing, 3-8Specifications, A-7SSDUDO-160 form, B-2Environmental Qualification Form, B-2Front connector, 4-2LEDs on front panel, 8-7Mating connectors for, 4-22Mounting, 5-4Outline drawing, 3-2Power cables, 5-10Power supply, wiring, 5-8Rear receptacle, 4-4Rear receptacle, pin-out, 4-7Specifications, A-2Tray connector, outline drawing, 3-14SDU and HPA TrayOutline drawing, 3-13Service Providers, 5-86Services available, 2-2Sigma7 HandsetsInitial configuration, 6-9Wiring, 5-52SIM card pins, 5-58SIM card reader (future use)Wiring, 5-58SLCV codes, C-9Software update, 8-4Solution Providers, 5-86Specifications, A-12-wire cradle, A-112-wire handset, A-104-wire cradle, A-94-wire handset, A-8DLNA, A-4HPA, A-3HSU, A-5Rx Power Splitter, A-7SDU, A-2Tx Coupler, A-6
IndexIndex-6 TT98-113625-DSplitterMounting, 5-5Outline drawing, 3-8Specifications, A-7Standards, applicable, F-1System messages, C-1TTest procedures, 7-1After power-up, 7-4Airborne, 7-6Before inserting LRUs, 7-2Interference with other systems onaircraft, 7-5Troubleshooting, 8-6Tx CouplerOutline drawing, 3-7Specifications, A-6UUpdating software, 8-4User Interfaces, 2-12WWeightTotal system, A-1WH-10 HandsetsWiring, 5-45Wiring, 5-1, 5-72.4GHz Cordless phone (2-wire), 5-532.4GHz Cordless phone (4-wire), 5-48AHRS and IRS, 5-24AMT-50 subsystem, 5-18Annunciators, 5-54ARINC 429 interfaces, 5-24Chime/Lamps Inhibit, 5-54CMU and ACARS, 5-26Cockpit Voice (future use), 5-58CPDF (future use), 5-27Data cable for front connector, 5-59Discrete Annunciators, 5-54Dual Side Panel antenna (future), 5-21HGA-7000 antenna, 5-15HPA power supply, 5-11HSU to AMT-50 antenna, 5-69HSU to antenna systems, 5-65HSU to discretes, 5-78HSU to HGA-7000 antenna, 5-65HSU to Maintenance PC, 5-78HSU to MPDS, ISDN and Ethernet, 5-73HSU to power, 5-63ICAO, 5-29MagnaStar interface, 5-42Maintenance handset, 5-62Maintenance PC and Reset, 5-59MCDU/FMS (future use), 5-28MPDS, ISDN and Ethernet, 5-32Phones and handsets, 5-36SDU power supply, 5-8Sigma7 Handsets, 5-52SIM card reader (future use), 5-58Symbols, 5-7WH-10 Handsets, 5-45WOW, 5-54WOWSpecifications, 5-57Wiring, 5-54

Navigation menu